107 files changed, 13806 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..953c53382f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#       $OpenBSD: Makefile.inc,v 1.49 2014/03/18 22:36:29 miod Exp $
+# stdlib sources
+.PATH: ${LIBCSRCDIR}/arch/${MACHINE_CPU}/stdlib ${LIBCSRCDIR}/stdlib
+SRCS+=  a64l.c abort.c atexit.c atoi.c atof.c atol.c atoll.c bsearch.c \
+        cfree.c exit.c ecvt.c gcvt.c getenv.c getopt_long.c \
+        getsubopt.c hcreate.c heapsort.c imaxabs.c imaxdiv.c l64a.c llabs.c \
+        lldiv.c lsearch.c malloc.c merge.c posix_pty.c qsort.c radixsort.c \
+        rand.c random.c realpath.c setenv.c strtoimax.c strtol.c \
+        strtoll.c strtonum.c strtoul.c strtoull.c strtoumax.c system.c \
+        tfind.c tsearch.c _rand48.c drand48.c erand48.c jrand48.c lcong48.c \
+        lrand48.c mrand48.c nrand48.c seed48.c srand48.c qabs.c qdiv.c _Exit.c
+.if (${MACHINE_CPU} == "i386")
+SRCS+=  abs.S div.S labs.S ldiv.S
+.elif (${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax")
+SRCS+=  abs.c div.c labs.c ldiv.c
+.elif (${MACHINE_CPU} == "alpha")
+# XXX should be .S's
+SRCS+=  abs.c div.c labs.c ldiv.c
+.else
+SRCS+=  abs.c div.c labs.c ldiv.c
+.endif
+.if (${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax")
+SRCS+=  insque.S remque.S
+.else
+SRCS+=  insque.c remque.c
+.endif
+MAN+=   a64l.3 abort.3 abs.3 alloca.3 atexit.3 atof.3 atoi.3 atol.3 atoll.3 \
+        bsearch.3 div.3 ecvt.3 exit.3 getenv.3 getopt.3 getopt_long.3 \
+        getsubopt.3 hcreate.3 imaxabs.3 imaxdiv.3 insque.3 labs.3 ldiv.3 \
+        lldiv.3 lsearch.3 malloc.3 posix_memalign.3 posix_openpt.3 ptsname.3 \
+        qabs.3 qdiv.3 qsort.3 radixsort.3 rand48.3 rand.3 random.3 realpath.3 \
+        strtod.3 strtonum.3 strtol.3 strtoul.3 system.3 tsearch.3
+MLINKS+=ecvt.3 fcvt.3 ecvt.3 gcvt.3
+MLINKS+=getenv.3 setenv.3 getenv.3 unsetenv.3 getenv.3 putenv.3
+MLINKS+=getopt_long.3 getopt_long_only.3
+MLINKS+=hcreate.3 hdestroy.3 hcreate.3 hsearch.3
+MLINKS+=insque.3 remque.3
+MLINKS+=labs.3 llabs.3
+MLINKS+=lsearch.3 lfind.3
+MLINKS+=malloc.3 free.3 malloc.3 realloc.3 malloc.3 calloc.3
+MLINKS+=malloc.3 cfree.3 malloc.3 malloc.conf.5
+MLINKS+=qsort.3 heapsort.3 qsort.3 mergesort.3
+MLINKS+=radixsort.3 sradixsort.3
+MLINKS+=rand.3 srand.3 rand.3 rand_r.3
+MLINKS+=random.3 initstate.3 random.3 setstate.3
+MLINKS+=random.3 srandom.3 random.3 srandomdev.3
+MLINKS+=rand48.3 drand48.3 rand48.3 erand48.3 rand48.3 lrand48.3
+MLINKS+=rand48.3 mrand48.3 rand48.3 nrand48.3 rand48.3 jrand48.3
+MLINKS+=rand48.3 srand48.3 rand48.3 seed48.3 rand48.3 lcong48.3
+MLINKS+=ptsname.3 grantpt.3 ptsname.3 unlockpt.3
+MLINKS+=strtod.3 strtof.3 strtod.3 strtold.3
+MLINKS+=strtol.3 strtoll.3 strtol.3 strtoq.3 strtol.3 strtoimax.3
+MLINKS+=strtoul.3 strtoull.3 strtoul.3 strtouq.3 strtoul.3 strtoumax.3
+MLINKS+=tsearch.3 tfind.3
+MLINKS+=tsearch.3 tdelete.3
+MLINKS+=tsearch.3 twalk.3
+MLINKS+=a64l.3 l64a.3
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_Exit.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_Exit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ccf64c2e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_Exit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: _Exit.c,v 1.3 2013/04/03 03:39:29 guenther Exp $      */
+/*
+ * Placed in the public domain by Todd C. Miller on January 21, 2004.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+/*
+ * _Exit() is the ISO/ANSI C99 equivalent of the POSIX _exit() function.
+ * No atexit() handlers are called and no signal handlers are run.
+ * Whether or not stdio buffers are flushed or temporary files are removed
+ * is implementation-dependent in C99.  Indeed, POSIX specifies that
+ * _Exit() must *not* flush stdio buffers or remove temporary files, but
+ * rather must behave exactly like _exit()
+ */
+void
+_Exit(int status)
+{
+        _exit(status);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_rand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_rand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c950f7cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/_rand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: _rand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+unsigned short __rand48_seed[3] = {
+        RAND48_SEED_0,
+        RAND48_SEED_1,
+        RAND48_SEED_2
+};
+unsigned short __rand48_mult[3] = {
+        RAND48_MULT_0,
+        RAND48_MULT_1,
+        RAND48_MULT_2
+};
+unsigned short __rand48_add = RAND48_ADD;
+void
+__dorand48(unsigned short xseed[3])
+{
+        unsigned long accu;
+        unsigned short temp[2];
+        accu = (unsigned long) __rand48_mult[0] * (unsigned long) xseed[0] +
+         (unsigned long) __rand48_add;
+        temp[0] = (unsigned short) accu;        /* lower 16 bits */
+        accu >>= sizeof(unsigned short) * 8;
+        accu += (unsigned long) __rand48_mult[0] * (unsigned long) xseed[1] +
+         (unsigned long) __rand48_mult[1] * (unsigned long) xseed[0];
+        temp[1] = (unsigned short) accu;        /* middle 16 bits */
+        accu >>= sizeof(unsigned short) * 8;
+        accu += __rand48_mult[0] * xseed[2] + __rand48_mult[1] * xseed[1] + __rand48_mult[2] * xseed[0];
+        xseed[0] = temp[0];
+        xseed[1] = temp[1];
+        xseed[2] = (unsigned short) accu;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11a74604ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.3
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: a64l.3,v 1.12 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt A64L 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm a64l ,
+.Nm l64a
+.Nd convert between 32-bit integer and radix-64 ASCII string
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft long
+.Fn a64l "const char *s"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn l64a "long l"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn a64l
+and
+.Fn l64a
+functions are used to maintain numbers stored in radix-64
+.Tn ASCII
+characters.
+This is a notation by which 32-bit integers
+can be represented by up to six characters; each character represents a
+.Dq digit
+in a radix-64 notation.
+.Pp
+The characters used to represent digits are
+.Ql \&.
+for 0,
+.Ql /
+for 1,
+.Ql 0
+through
+.Ql 9
+for 2-11,
+.Ql A
+through
+.Ql Z
+for 12-37, and
+.Ql a
+through
+.Ql z
+for 38-63.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn a64l
+function takes a pointer to a NUL-terminated radix-64 representation
+and returns a corresponding 32-bit value.
+If the string pointed to by
+.Fa s
+contains more than six characters,
+.Fn a64l
+will use the first six.
+.Fn a64l
+scans the character string from left to right, decoding
+each character as a 6-bit radix-64 number.
+If a long integer is
+larger than 32 bits, the return value will be sign-extended.
+.Pp
+.Fn l64a
+takes a long integer argument
+.Fa l
+and returns a pointer to the corresponding radix-64 representation.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+On success,
+.Fn a64l
+returns a 32-bit representation of
+.Fa s .
+If
+.Fa s
+is a null pointer or if it contains digits other than those described above,
+.Fn a64l
+returns \-1 and sets the global variable
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er EINVAL .
+.Pp
+On success,
+.Fn l64a
+returns a pointer to a string containing the radix-64 representation of
+.Fa l .
+If
+.Fa l
+is 0,
+.Fn l64a
+returns a pointer to the empty string.
+If
+.Fa l
+is negative,
+.Fn l64a
+returns a null pointer and sets the global variable
+.Va errno
+to
+.Er EINVAL .
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn a64l
+and
+.Fn l64a
+functions conform to
+.St -xpg4.2 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The value returned by
+.Fn l64a
+is a pointer into a static buffer, the contents of which
+will be overwritten by subsequent calls.
+.Pp
+The value returned by
+.Fn a64l
+may be incorrect if the value is too large; for that reason, only strings
+that resulted from a call to
+.Fn l64a
+should be used to call
+.Fn a64l .
+.Pp
+If a long integer is larger than 32 bits, only the low-order
+32 bits are used.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5312929c6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/a64l.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: a64l.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>.
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+long
+a64l(const char *s)
+{
+        long value, digit, shift;
+        int i;
+        if (s == NULL) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return(-1L);
+        }
+        value = 0;
+        shift = 0;
+        for (i = 0; *s && i < 6; i++, s++) {
+                if (*s >= '.' && *s <= '/')
+                        digit = *s - '.';
+                else if (*s >= '0' && *s <= '9')
+                        digit = *s - '0' + 2;
+                else if (*s >= 'A' && *s <= 'Z')
+                        digit = *s - 'A' + 12;
+                else if (*s >= 'a' && *s <= 'z')
+                        digit = *s - 'a' + 38;
+                else {
+                        errno = EINVAL;
+                        return(-1L);
+                }
+                value |= digit << shift;
+                shift += 6;
+        }
+        return(value);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..322d629930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: abort.3,v 1.10 2013/07/17 05:42:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2013 $
+.Dt ABORT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm abort
+.Nd cause abnormal program termination
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn abort void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn abort
+function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the signal
+.Dv SIGABRT
+is being caught and the signal handler does not return.
+.Pp
+Any open streams are flushed and closed.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn abort
+function never returns.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr exit 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn abort
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-90 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn abort
+function first appeared in
+.At v5 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c8dc70a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: abort.c,v 1.16 2012/11/10 03:46:11 guenther Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1985 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "thread_private.h"
+#include "atexit.h"
+int     _thread_sys_sigprocmask(int, const sigset_t *, sigset_t *);
+void
+abort(void)
+{
+        struct atexit *p = __atexit;
+        static int cleanup_called = 0;
+        sigset_t mask;
+        sigfillset(&mask);
+        /*
+         * don't block SIGABRT to give any handler a chance; we ignore
+         * any errors -- X311J doesn't allow abort to return anyway.
+         */
+        sigdelset(&mask, SIGABRT);
+        (void)_thread_sys_sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+        /*
+         * POSIX requires we flush stdio buffers on abort
+         */
+        if (cleanup_called == 0) {
+                /* the cleanup routine lives in fns[0] on the last page */
+                while (p != NULL && p->next != NULL)
+                        p = p->next;
+                /* the check for fn_dso == NULL is mostly paranoia */
+                if (p != NULL && p->fns[0].fn_dso == NULL &&
+                    p->fns[0].fn_ptr.std_func != NULL) {
+                        cleanup_called = 1;
+                        (*p->fns[0].fn_ptr.std_func)();
+                }
+        }
+        (void)raise(SIGABRT);
+        /*
+         * if SIGABRT ignored, or caught and the handler returns, do
+         * it again, only harder.
+         */
+        (void)signal(SIGABRT, SIG_DFL);
+        (void)_thread_sys_sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, (sigset_t *)NULL);
+        (void)raise(SIGABRT);
+        _exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..420bdf6fdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: abs.3,v 1.11 2013/07/17 05:42:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2013 $
+.Dt ABS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm abs
+.Nd integer absolute value function
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn abs "int j"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn abs
+function computes the absolute value of the integer
+.Fa j .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn abs
+function returns the absolute value.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cabs 3 ,
+.Xr floor 3 ,
+.Xr hypot 3 ,
+.Xr imaxabs 3 ,
+.Xr labs 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn abs
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn abs
+function first appeared in
+.At v6 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The absolute value of the most negative integer remains negative.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d2fbae69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/abs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: abs.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+abs(int j)
+{
+        return(j < 0 ? -j : j);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47e9b97143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: alloca.3,v 1.13 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt ALLOCA 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm alloca
+.Nd memory allocator
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void *
+.Fn alloca "size_t size"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn alloca
+function allocates
+.Fa size
+bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller.
+This temporary space is automatically freed on return.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn alloca
+function returns a pointer to the beginning of the allocated space.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr pagesize 1 ,
+.Xr brk 2 ,
+.Xr calloc 3 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr realloc 3
+.\" .Sh HISTORY
+.\" The
+.\" .Fn alloca
+.\" function appeared in
+.\" .Bx ?? .
+.\" The function appeared in 32v, pwb and pwb.2 and in 3bsd 4bsd
+.\" The first man page (or link to a man page that I can find at the
+.\" moment is 4.3...
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn alloca
+function is slightly unsafe because it cannot ensure that the pointer
+returned points to a valid and usable block of memory.
+The allocation made may exceed the bounds of the stack, or even go
+further into other objects in memory, and
+.Fn alloca
+cannot determine such an error.
+Avoid
+.Fn alloca
+with large unbounded allocations.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e3ac3e60f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atexit.3,v 1.9 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt ATEXIT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm atexit
+.Nd register a function to be called on exit
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn atexit "void (*function)(void)"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn atexit
+function registers the given
+.Fa function
+to be called at program exit, whether via
+.Xr exit 3
+or via return from the program's
+.Fn main .
+Functions so registered are called in reverse order;
+no arguments are passed.
+At least 32 functions can always be registered,
+and more are allowed as long as sufficient memory can be allocated.
+.Pp
+.Fn atexit
+is very difficult to use correctly without creating
+.Xr exit 3 Ns -time
+races.
+Unless absolutely necessary, please avoid using it.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std atexit
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+No memory was available to add the function to the list.
+The existing list of functions is unmodified.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr exit 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn atexit
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..049da3261d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: atexit.c,v 1.17 2013/12/28 18:38:42 kettenis Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Daniel Hartmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ *    - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+ *      copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ *      disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
+ *      with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "atexit.h"
+#include "thread_private.h"
+struct atexit *__atexit;
+/*
+ * Function pointers are stored in a linked list of pages. The list
+ * is initially empty, and pages are allocated on demand. The first
+ * function pointer in the first allocated page (the last one in
+ * the linked list) is reserved for the cleanup function.
+ *
+ * Outside the following functions, all pages are mprotect()'ed
+ * to prevent unintentional/malicious corruption.
+ */
+/*
+ * Register a function to be performed at exit or when a shared object
+ * with the given dso handle is unloaded dynamically.  Also used as
+ * the backend for atexit().  For more info on this API, see:
+ *
+ *      http://www.codesourcery.com/cxx-abi/abi.html#dso-dtor
+ */
+int
+__cxa_atexit(void (*func)(void *), void *arg, void *dso)
+{
+        struct atexit *p = __atexit;
+        struct atexit_fn *fnp;
+        int pgsize = getpagesize();
+        int ret = -1;
+        if (pgsize < sizeof(*p))
+                return (-1);
+        _ATEXIT_LOCK();
+        p = __atexit;
+        if (p != NULL) {
+                if (p->ind + 1 >= p->max)
+                        p = NULL;
+                else if (mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE))
+                        goto unlock;
+        }
+        if (p == NULL) {
+                p = mmap(NULL, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+                    MAP_ANON | MAP_PRIVATE, -1, 0);
+                if (p == MAP_FAILED)
+                        goto unlock;
+                if (__atexit == NULL) {
+                        memset(&p->fns[0], 0, sizeof(p->fns[0]));
+                        p->ind = 1;
+                } else
+                        p->ind = 0;
+                p->max = (pgsize - ((char *)&p->fns[0] - (char *)p)) /
+                    sizeof(p->fns[0]);
+                p->next = __atexit;
+                __atexit = p;
+        }
+        fnp = &p->fns[p->ind++];
+        fnp->fn_ptr.cxa_func = func;
+        fnp->fn_arg = arg;
+        fnp->fn_dso = dso;
+        if (mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ))
+                goto unlock;
+        ret = 0;
+unlock:
+        _ATEXIT_UNLOCK();
+        return (ret);
+}
+/*
+ * Call all handlers registered with __cxa_atexit() for the shared
+ * object owning 'dso'.
+ * Note: if 'dso' is NULL, then all remaining handlers are called.
+ */
+void
+__cxa_finalize(void *dso)
+{
+        struct atexit *p, *q;
+        struct atexit_fn fn;
+        int n, pgsize = getpagesize();
+        static int call_depth;
+        call_depth++;
+        for (p = __atexit; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
+                for (n = p->ind; --n >= 0;) {
+                        if (p->fns[n].fn_ptr.cxa_func == NULL)
+                                continue;       /* already called */
+                        if (dso != NULL && dso != p->fns[n].fn_dso)
+                                continue;       /* wrong DSO */
+                        /*
+                         * Mark handler as having been already called to avoid
+                         * dupes and loops, then call the appropriate function.
+                         */
+                        fn = p->fns[n];
+                        if (mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE) == 0) {
+                                p->fns[n].fn_ptr.cxa_func = NULL;
+                                mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ);
+                        }
+                        if (fn.fn_dso != NULL)
+                                (*fn.fn_ptr.cxa_func)(fn.fn_arg);
+                        else
+                                (*fn.fn_ptr.std_func)();
+                }
+        }
+        call_depth--;
+        /*
+         * If called via exit(), unmap the pages since we have now run
+         * all the handlers.  We defer this until calldepth == 0 so that
+         * we don't unmap things prematurely if called recursively.
+         */
+        if (dso == NULL && call_depth == 0) {
+                for (p = __atexit; p != NULL; ) {
+                        q = p;
+                        p = p->next;
+                        munmap(q, pgsize);
+                }
+                __atexit = NULL;
+        }
+}
+/*
+ * Register the cleanup function
+ */
+void
+__atexit_register_cleanup(void (*func)(void))
+{
+        struct atexit *p;
+        int pgsize = getpagesize();
+        if (pgsize < sizeof(*p))
+                return;
+        _ATEXIT_LOCK();
+        p = __atexit;
+        while (p != NULL && p->next != NULL)
+                p = p->next;
+        if (p == NULL) {
+                p = mmap(NULL, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+                    MAP_ANON | MAP_PRIVATE, -1, 0);
+                if (p == MAP_FAILED)
+                        goto unlock;
+                p->ind = 1;
+                p->max = (pgsize - ((char *)&p->fns[0] - (char *)p)) /
+                    sizeof(p->fns[0]);
+                p->next = NULL;
+                __atexit = p;
+        } else {
+                if (mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE))
+                        goto unlock;
+        }
+        p->fns[0].fn_ptr.std_func = func;
+        p->fns[0].fn_arg = NULL;
+        p->fns[0].fn_dso = NULL;
+        mprotect(p, pgsize, PROT_READ);
+unlock:
+        _ATEXIT_UNLOCK();
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c44005deda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: atexit.h,v 1.8 2013/06/02 21:08:36 matthew Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Daniel Hartmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ *    - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *    - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+ *      copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ *      disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
+ *      with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
+ * BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+struct atexit {
+        struct atexit *next;            /* next in list */
+        int ind;                        /* next index in this table */
+        int max;                        /* max entries >= ATEXIT_SIZE */
+        struct atexit_fn {
+                union {
+                        void (*std_func)(void);
+                        void (*cxa_func)(void *);
+                } fn_ptr;
+                void *fn_arg;           /* argument for CXA callback */
+                void *fn_dso;           /* shared module handle */
+        } fns[1];                       /* the table itself */
+};
+extern struct atexit *__atexit;         /* points to head of LIFO stack */
+int     __cxa_atexit(void (*)(void *), void *, void *);
+void    __cxa_finalize(void *);
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53722a6253
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.3
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atof.3,v 1.7 2013/07/17 05:42:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2013 $
+.Dt ATOF 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm atof
+.Nd convert
+.Tn ASCII
+string to double
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft double
+.Fn atof "const char *nptr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn atof
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li double
+representation.
+.Pp
+It is equivalent to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL);
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn atof
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn atof
+function first appeared in
+.At v1 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d14b58b070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atof.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: atof.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+double
+atof(const char *ascii)
+{
+        return(strtod(ascii, (char **)NULL));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd5c720e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.3
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atoi.3,v 1.11 2013/07/17 05:42:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2013 $
+.Dt ATOI 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm atoi
+.Nd convert
+.Tn ASCII
+string to integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn atoi "const char *nptr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn atoi
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li integer
+representation.
+.Pp
+It is equivalent to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+(int)strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr atof 3 ,
+.Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+.Xr strtonum 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn atoi
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn atoi
+function first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+.Nm
+does no overflow checking, handles unsigned numbers poorly,
+and handles strings containing trailing extra characters
+(like
+.Dq "123abc" )
+poorly.
+Careful use of
+.Xr strtol 3
+and
+.Xr strtoul 3
+can alleviate these problems,
+but
+.Xr strtonum 3
+can be used to convert numbers from strings much more safely
+and easily.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0842678e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: atoi.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int
+atoi(const char *str)
+{
+        return((int)strtol(str, (char **)NULL, 10));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae4cbc7c3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atol.3,v 1.8 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt ATOL 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm atol
+.Nd convert
+.Tn ASCII
+string to long integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft long
+.Fn atol "const char *nptr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn atol
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li long integer
+representation.
+.Pp
+It is equivalent to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr atof 3 ,
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atoll 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn atol
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1970804401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: atol.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+long
+atol(const char *str)
+{
+        return(strtol(str, (char **)NULL, 10));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9614ae7bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: atoll.3,v 1.6 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt ATOLL 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm atoll
+.Nd convert
+.Tn ASCII
+string to long long integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft long long
+.Fn atoll "const char *nptr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn atoll
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li long long integer
+representation.
+.Pp
+It is equivalent to:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+strtoll(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr atof 3 ,
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn atoll
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a65e682cfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/atoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: atoll.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+long long
+atoll(str)
+        const char *str;
+{
+        return(strtoll(str, (char **)NULL, 10));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..270086df36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: bsearch.3,v 1.9 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt BSEARCH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm bsearch
+.Nd binary search of a sorted table
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void *
+.Fn bsearch "const void *key" "const void *base" "size_t nmemb" "size_t size" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn bsearch
+function searches an array of
+.Fa nmemb
+objects, the initial member of which is
+pointed to by
+.Fa base ,
+for a member that matches the object pointed to by
+.Fa key .
+The size of each member of the array is specified by
+.Fa size .
+.Pp
+The contents of the array should be in ascending sorted order according
+to the comparison function referenced by
+.Fa compar .
+The
+.Fa compar
+routine is expected to have two arguments which point to the
+.Fa key
+object and to an array member, in that order, and should return an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the
+.Fa key
+object is found, respectively, to be less than, to match, or be
+greater than the array member.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn bsearch
+function returns a pointer to a matching member of the array, or a null
+pointer if no match is found.
+If two members compare as equal, which member is matched is unspecified.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr db 3 ,
+.Xr lsearch 3 ,
+.Xr qsort 3 ,
+.Xr tsearch 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn bsearch
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b48747236e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+/*
+ * Perform a binary search.
+ *
+ * The code below is a bit sneaky.  After a comparison fails, we
+ * divide the work in half by moving either left or right. If lim
+ * is odd, moving left simply involves halving lim: e.g., when lim
+ * is 5 we look at item 2, so we change lim to 2 so that we will
+ * look at items 0 & 1.  If lim is even, the same applies.  If lim
+ * is odd, moving right again involves halving lim, this time moving
+ * the base up one item past p: e.g., when lim is 5 we change base
+ * to item 3 and make lim 2 so that we will look at items 3 and 4.
+ * If lim is even, however, we have to shrink it by one before
+ * halving: e.g., when lim is 4, we still looked at item 2, so we
+ * have to make lim 3, then halve, obtaining 1, so that we will only
+ * look at item 3.
+ */
+void *
+bsearch(const void *key, const void *base0, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
+    int (*compar)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+        const char *base = base0;
+        int lim, cmp;
+        const void *p;
+        for (lim = nmemb; lim != 0; lim >>= 1) {
+                p = base + (lim >> 1) * size;
+                cmp = (*compar)(key, p);
+                if (cmp == 0)
+                        return ((void *)p);
+                if (cmp > 0) {  /* key > p: move right */
+                        base = (char *)p + size;
+                        lim--;
+                } /* else move left */
+        }
+        return (NULL);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/cfree.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/cfree.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..acf6d1c8ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/cfree.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: cfree.c,v 1.6 2012/12/05 23:20:01 deraadt Exp $       */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
+ * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+ * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(free, cfree);
+#else
+void
+cfree(void *p)
+{
+    free(p);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a2a326269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.3
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek.
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: div.3,v 1.11 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt DIV 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm div
+.Nd return quotient and remainder from division
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft div_t
+.Fn div "int num" "int denom"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn div
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns / Ns Fa denom
+and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
+.Fa div_t
+that contains two
+.Li int
+members named
+.Fa quot
+and
+.Fa rem .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr imaxdiv 3 ,
+.Xr ldiv 3 ,
+.Xr lldiv 3 ,
+.Xr qdiv 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn div
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7ac2db4b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/div.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: div.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>             /* div_t */
+div_t
+div(int num, int denom)
+{
+        div_t r;
+        r.quot = num / denom;
+        r.rem = num % denom;
+        /*
+         * The ANSI standard says that |r.quot| <= |n/d|, where
+         * n/d is to be computed in infinite precision.  In other
+         * words, we should always truncate the quotient towards
+         * 0, never -infinity.
+         *
+         * Machine division and remainer may work either way when
+         * one or both of n or d is negative.  If only one is
+         * negative and r.quot has been truncated towards -inf,
+         * r.rem will have the same sign as denom and the opposite
+         * sign of num; if both are negative and r.quot has been
+         * truncated towards -inf, r.rem will be positive (will
+         * have the opposite sign of num).  These are considered
+         * `wrong'.
+         *
+         * If both are num and denom are positive, r will always
+         * be positive.
+         *
+         * This all boils down to:
+         *      if num >= 0, but r.rem < 0, we got the wrong answer.
+         * In that case, to get the right answer, add 1 to r.quot and
+         * subtract denom from r.rem.
+         */
+        if (num >= 0 && r.rem < 0) {
+                r.quot++;
+                r.rem -= denom;
+        }
+        return (r);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/drand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/drand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6c046c831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/drand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: drand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
+double
+drand48(void)
+{
+        return erand48(__rand48_seed);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8a3489b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: ecvt.3,v 1.11 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.\" Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects
+.\" Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force
+.\" Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt ECVT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ecvt ,
+.Nm fcvt ,
+.Nm gcvt
+.Nd convert double to
+.Tn ASCII
+string
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft char *
+.Fn ecvt "double value" "int ndigit" "int *decpt" "int *sign"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn fcvt "double value" "int ndigit" "int *decpt" "int *sign"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn gcvt "double value" "int ndigit" "char *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+These functions are provided for compatibility with legacy code.
+New code should use the
+.Xr snprintf 3
+function for improved safety and portability.
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ecvt ,
+.Fn fcvt
+and
+.Fn gcvt
+functions convert the double precision floating-point number
+.Fa value
+to a NUL-terminated
+.Tn ASCII
+string.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ecvt
+function converts
+.Fa value
+to a NUL-terminated string of exactly
+.Fa ndigit
+digits and returns a pointer to that string.
+The result is padded with zeroes from left to right as needed.
+There are no leading zeroes unless
+.Fa value
+itself is 0.
+The least significant digit is rounded in an implementation-dependent manner.
+The position of the decimal point relative to the beginning of the string
+is stored in
+.Fa decpt .
+A negative value indicates that the decimal point is located
+to the left of the returned digits (this occurs when there is no
+whole number component to
+.Fa value ) .
+If
+.Fa value
+is zero, it is unspecified whether the integer pointed to by
+.Fa decpt
+will be 0 or 1.
+The decimal point itself is not included in the returned string.
+If the sign of the result is negative, the integer pointed to by
+.Fa sign
+is non-zero; otherwise, it is 0.
+.Pp
+If the converted value is out of range or is not representable,
+the contents of the returned string are unspecified.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fcvt
+function is identical to
+.Fn ecvt
+with the exception that
+.Fa ndigit
+specifies the number of digits after the decimal point (zero-padded as
+needed).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn gcvt
+function converts
+.Fa value
+to a NUL-terminated string similar to the %g
+.Xr printf 3
+format specifier and stores the result in
+.Fa buf .
+It produces
+.Fa ndigit
+significant digits similar to the %f
+.Xr printf 3
+format specifier where possible.
+If
+.Fa ndigit
+does allow sufficient precision, the result is stored in
+exponential notation similar to the %e
+.Xr printf 3
+format specifier.
+If
+.Fa value
+is less than zero,
+.Fa buf
+will be prefixed with a minus sign.
+A decimal point is included in the returned string if
+.Fa value
+is not a whole number.
+Unlike the
+.Fn ecvt
+and
+.Fn fcvt
+functions,
+.Fa buf
+is not zero-padded.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn ecvt ,
+.Fn fcvt
+and
+.Fn gcvt
+functions return a NUL-terminated string representation of
+.Fa value .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr printf 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn ecvt ,
+.Fn fcvt
+and
+.Fn gcvt
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 ;
+as of
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+they are no longer a part of the standard.
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The
+.Fn ecvt
+and
+.Fn fcvt
+functions return a pointer to internal storage space that will be
+overwritten by subsequent calls to either function.
+.Pp
+The maximum possible precision of the return value is limited by the
+precision of a double and may not be the same on all architectures.
+.Pp
+The
+.Xr snprintf 3
+function is preferred over these functions for new code.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4562e309e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ecvt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: ecvt.c,v 1.8 2013/11/01 19:05:11 guenther Exp $       */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002, 2006 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects
+ * Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force
+ * Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512.
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "gdtoa.h"
+static char *__cvt(double, int, int *, int *, int, int);
+static char *
+__cvt(double value, int ndigit, int *decpt, int *sign, int fmode, int pad)
+{
+        static char *s;
+        char *p, *rve, c;
+        size_t siz;
+        if (ndigit == 0) {
+                *sign = value < 0.0;
+                *decpt = 0;
+                return ("");
+        }
+        if (s) {
+                free(s);
+                s = NULL;
+        }
+        if (ndigit < 0)
+                siz = -ndigit + 1;
+        else
+                siz = ndigit + 1;
+        /* __dtoa() doesn't allocate space for 0 so we do it by hand */
+        if (value == 0.0) {
+                *decpt = 1 - fmode;     /* 1 for 'e', 0 for 'f' */
+                *sign = 0;
+                if ((rve = s = (char *)malloc(siz)) == NULL)
+                        return(NULL);
+                *rve++ = '0';
+                *rve = '\0';
+        } else {
+                p = __dtoa(value, fmode + 2, ndigit, decpt, sign, &rve);
+                if (p == NULL)
+                        return (NULL);
+                if (*decpt == 9999) {
+                        /* Infinity or Nan, convert to inf or nan like printf */
+                        *decpt = 0;
+                        c = *p;
+                        __freedtoa(p);
+                        return(c == 'I' ? "inf" : "nan");
+                }
+                /* Make a local copy and adjust rve to be in terms of s */
+                if (pad && fmode)
+                        siz += *decpt;
+                if ((s = (char *)malloc(siz)) == NULL) {
+                        __freedtoa(p);
+                        return(NULL);
+                }
+                (void) strlcpy(s, p, siz);
+                rve = s + (rve - p);
+                __freedtoa(p);
+        }
+        /* Add trailing zeros */
+        if (pad) {
+                siz -= rve - s;
+                while (--siz)
+                        *rve++ = '0';
+                *rve = '\0';
+        }
+        return(s);
+}
+char *
+ecvt(double value, int ndigit, int *decpt, int *sign)
+{
+        return(__cvt(value, ndigit, decpt, sign, 0, 1));
+}
+char *
+fcvt(double value, int ndigit, int *decpt, int *sign)
+{
+        return(__cvt(value, ndigit, decpt, sign, 1, 1));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/erand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/erand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ffeaa6e71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/erand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: erand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+double
+erand48(unsigned short xseed[3])
+{
+        __dorand48(xseed);
+        return ldexp((double) xseed[0], -48) +
+               ldexp((double) xseed[1], -32) +
+               ldexp((double) xseed[2], -16);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26922ca7b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: exit.3,v 1.15 2013/07/17 05:42:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2013 $
+.Dt EXIT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm exit
+.Nd perform normal program termination
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn exit "int status"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn exit
+function terminates a process.
+.Pp
+Before termination it performs the following functions in the
+order listed:
+.Bl -enum -offset indent
+.It
+Call the functions registered with the
+.Xr atexit 3
+function, in the reverse order of their registration.
+.It
+Flush all open output streams.
+.It
+Close all open streams.
+.It
+Unlink all files created with the
+.Xr tmpfile 3
+function.
+.El
+.Pp
+Following this,
+.Fn exit
+calls
+.Xr _exit 2 .
+Note that typically
+.Xr _exit 2
+only passes the lower 8 bits of
+.Fa status
+on to the parent, thus negative values have less meaning.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn exit
+function never returns.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr _exit 2 ,
+.Xr atexit 3 ,
+.Xr intro 3 ,
+.Xr sysexits 3 ,
+.Xr tmpfile 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn exit
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn exit
+function first appeared as a system call in
+.At v1 .
+It has accepted the
+.Fa status
+argument since
+.At v2 .
+In
+.At v7 ,
+the bare system call was renamed to
+.Xr _exit 2 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..83fe3d2de5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: exit.c,v 1.12 2007/09/03 14:40:16 millert Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "atexit.h"
+#include "thread_private.h"
+/*
+ * This variable is zero until a process has created a thread.
+ * It is used to avoid calling locking functions in libc when they
+ * are not required. By default, libc is intended to be(come)
+ * thread-safe, but without a (significant) penalty to non-threaded
+ * processes.
+ */
+int     __isthreaded    = 0;
+/*
+ * Exit, flushing stdio buffers if necessary.
+ */
+void
+exit(int status)
+{
+        /*
+         * Call functions registered by atexit() or _cxa_atexit()
+         * (including the stdio cleanup routine) and then _exit().
+         */
+        __cxa_finalize(NULL);
+        _exit(status);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/gcvt.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/gcvt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f233332799
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/gcvt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: gcvt.c,v 1.13 2013/11/01 19:05:11 guenther Exp $      */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002, 2003, 2006, 2010
+ *      Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects
+ * Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force
+ * Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512.
+ */
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "gdtoa.h"
+#define DEFPREC 6
+char *
+gcvt(double value, int ndigit, char *buf)
+{
+        char *digits, *dst, *src;
+        int i, decpt, sign;
+        struct lconv *lconv;
+        lconv = localeconv();
+        if (ndigit <= 0) {
+                /* Match printf(3) behavior. */
+                ndigit = ndigit ? DEFPREC : 1;
+        }
+        digits = __dtoa(value, 2, ndigit, &decpt, &sign, NULL);
+        if (digits == NULL)
+                return (NULL);
+        if (decpt == 9999) {
+                /*
+                 * Infinity or NaN, convert to inf or nan with sign.
+                 * We can't infer buffer size based on ndigit.
+                 * We have to assume it is at least 5 chars.
+                 */
+                snprintf(buf, 5, "%s%s", sign ? "-" : "",
+                    *digits == 'I' ? "inf" : "nan");
+                __freedtoa(digits);
+                return (buf);
+        }
+        dst = buf;
+        if (sign)
+                *dst++ = '-';
+        /* Match printf(3) behavior for exponential vs. regular fomatting. */
+        if (decpt <= -4 || decpt > ndigit) {
+                /* exponential format (e.g. 1.2345e+13) */
+                if (--decpt < 0) {
+                        sign = 1;
+                        decpt = -decpt;
+                } else
+                        sign = 0;
+                src = digits;
+                *dst++ = *src++;
+                if (*src != '\0') {
+                        *dst++ = *lconv->decimal_point;
+                        do {
+                                *dst++ = *src++;
+                        } while (*src != '\0');
+                }
+                *dst++ = 'e';
+                if (sign)
+                        *dst++ = '-';
+                else
+                        *dst++ = '+';
+                if (decpt < 10) {
+                        *dst++ = '0';
+                        *dst++ = '0' + decpt;
+                        *dst = '\0';
+                } else {
+                        /* XXX - optimize */
+                        for (sign = decpt, i = 0; (sign /= 10) != 0; i++)
+                                continue;
+                        dst[i + 1] = '\0';
+                        while (decpt != 0) {
+                                dst[i--] = '0' + decpt % 10;
+                                decpt /= 10;
+                        }
+                }
+        } else {
+                /* standard format */
+                for (i = 0, src = digits; i < decpt; i++) {
+                        if (*src != '\0')
+                                *dst++ = *src++;
+                        else
+                                *dst++ = '0';
+                }
+                if (*src != '\0') {
+                        if (src == digits)
+                                *dst++ = '0';   /* zero before decimal point */
+                        *dst++ = *lconv->decimal_point;
+                        while (decpt < 0) {
+                                *dst++ = '0';
+                                decpt++;
+                        }
+                        for (i = decpt; digits[i] != '\0'; i++) {
+                                *dst++ = digits[i];
+                        }
+                }
+                *dst = '\0';
+        }
+        __freedtoa(digits);
+        return (buf);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5239d1b0d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: getenv.3,v 1.19 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt GETENV 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getenv ,
+.Nm putenv ,
+.Nm setenv ,
+.Nm unsetenv
+.Nd environment variable functions
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft char *
+.Fn getenv "const char *name"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setenv "const char *name" "const char *value" "int overwrite"
+.Ft int
+.Fn putenv "char *string"
+.Ft int
+.Fn unsetenv "const char *name"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions set, unset, and fetch environment variables from the host
+.Em environment list .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getenv
+function obtains the current value of the environment variable
+.Fa name .
+If the variable
+.Fa name
+is not in the current environment, a null pointer is returned.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setenv
+function inserts or resets the environment variable
+.Fa name
+in the current environment list.
+If the variable
+.Fa name
+does not exist in the list, it is inserted with the given
+.Fa value .
+If the variable does exist, the argument
+.Fa overwrite
+is tested; if
+.Fa overwrite
+is zero, the variable is not reset, otherwise it is reset to the given
+.Fa value .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn putenv
+function takes an argument of the form
+.Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value .
+The memory pointed to by
+.Ar string
+becomes part of the environment and must not be deallocated by the caller.
+If the variable already exists, it will be overwritten.
+A common source of bugs is to pass a
+.Ar string
+argument that is a locally scoped string buffer.
+This will result in corruption of the environment after leaving
+the scope in which the variable is defined.
+For this reason, the
+.Fn setenv
+function is preferred over
+.Fn putenv .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn unsetenv
+function deletes all instances of the variable name pointed to by
+.Fa name
+from the list.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+These functions
+return zero if successful; otherwise the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error and \-1 is returned.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn getenv
+is successful, the string returned should be considered read-only.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fn setenv
+or
+.Fn unsetenv
+function was passed an empty
+.Ar name
+or a NULL pointer, or was passed a
+.Ar name
+containing an
+.Sq =
+character.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn putenv
+function was passed a
+.Ar string
+that did not contain an
+.Sq =
+character.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The
+.Fn setenv
+or
+.Fn putenv
+function failed because it was unable to allocate memory for the environment.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr csh 1 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr environ 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getenv
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+The
+.Fn putenv ,
+.Fn setenv ,
+and
+.Fn unsetenv
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The function
+.Fn getenv
+appeared in
+.At v7
+and
+.Bx 3 .
+The functions
+.Fn setenv
+and
+.Fn unsetenv
+appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Tahoe .
+The
+.Fn putenv
+function appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd8482e9e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: getenv.c,v 1.10 2010/08/23 22:31:50 millert Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+char *__findenv(const char *name, int len, int *offset);
+/*
+ * __findenv --
+ *      Returns pointer to value associated with name, if any, else NULL.
+ *      Starts searching within the environmental array at offset.
+ *      Sets offset to be the offset of the name/value combination in the
+ *      environmental array, for use by putenv(3), setenv(3) and unsetenv(3).
+ *      Explicitly removes '=' in argument name.
+ *
+ *      This routine *should* be a static; don't use it.
+ */
+char *
+__findenv(const char *name, int len, int *offset)
+{
+        extern char **environ;
+        int i;
+        const char *np;
+        char **p, *cp;
+        if (name == NULL || environ == NULL)
+                return (NULL);
+        for (p = environ + *offset; (cp = *p) != NULL; ++p) {
+                for (np = name, i = len; i && *cp; i--)
+                        if (*cp++ != *np++)
+                                break;
+                if (i == 0 && *cp++ == '=') {
+                        *offset = p - environ;
+                        return (cp);
+                }
+        }
+        return (NULL);
+}
+/*
+ * getenv --
+ *      Returns ptr to value associated with name, if any, else NULL.
+ */
+char *
+getenv(const char *name)
+{
+        int offset = 0;
+        const char *np;
+        for (np = name; *np && *np != '='; ++np)
+                ;
+        return (__findenv(name, (int)(np - name), &offset));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6661e03841
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: getopt.3,v 1.44 2014/01/21 03:15:45 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2014 $
+.Dt GETOPT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getopt
+.Nd get option character from command line argument list
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In unistd.h
+.Vt extern char *optarg;
+.Vt extern int   opterr;
+.Vt extern int   optind;
+.Vt extern int   optopt;
+.Vt extern int   optreset;
+.Ft int
+.Fn getopt "int argc" "char * const *argv" "const char *optstring"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function incrementally parses a command line argument list
+.Fa argv
+and returns the next
+.Em known
+option character.
+An option character is
+.Em known
+if it has been specified in the string of accepted option characters,
+.Fa optstring .
+.Pp
+The option string
+.Fa optstring
+may contain the following elements: individual characters,
+characters followed by a colon, and characters followed by two colons.
+A character followed by a single colon indicates that an argument
+is to follow the option on the command line.
+Two colons indicates that the argument is optional \- this is an
+extension not covered by POSIX.
+For example, an option string
+.Qq x
+recognizes an option
+.Fl x ,
+and an option string
+.Qq Li x:
+recognizes an option and argument
+.Fl x Ar argument .
+It does not matter to
+.Fn getopt
+if a following argument has leading whitespace; except in the case where
+the argument is optional, denoted with two colons, no leading whitespace
+is permitted.
+.Pp
+On return from
+.Fn getopt ,
+.Va optarg
+points to an option argument, if it is anticipated,
+and the variable
+.Va optind
+contains the index to the next
+.Fa argv
+argument for a subsequent call
+to
+.Fn getopt .
+.Pp
+The variables
+.Va opterr
+and
+.Va optind
+are both initialized to 1.
+The
+.Va optind
+variable may be set to another value larger than 0 before a set of calls to
+.Fn getopt
+in order to skip over more or less
+.Fa argv
+entries.
+An
+.Va optind
+value of 0 is reserved for compatibility with GNU
+.Fn getopt .
+.Pp
+In order to use
+.Fn getopt
+to evaluate multiple sets of arguments, or to evaluate a single set of
+arguments multiple times,
+the variable
+.Va optreset
+must be set to 1 before the second and each additional set of calls to
+.Fn getopt ,
+and the variable
+.Va optind
+must be reinitialized.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function returns \-1 when the argument list is exhausted.
+The interpretation of options in the argument list may be cancelled
+by the option
+.Ql --
+(double dash) which causes
+.Fn getopt
+to signal the end of argument processing and return \-1.
+When all options have been processed (i.e., up to the first non-option
+argument),
+.Fn getopt
+returns \-1.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function returns the next known option character in
+.Fa optstring .
+If
+.Fn getopt
+encounters a character not found in
+.Fa optstring
+or if it detects a missing option argument,
+it returns
+.Sq \&?
+(question mark).
+If
+.Fa optstring
+has a leading
+.Sq \&:
+then a missing option argument causes
+.Sq \&:
+to be returned instead of
+.Sq \&? .
+In either case, the variable
+.Va optopt
+is set to the character that caused the error.
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function returns \-1 when the argument list is exhausted.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+The following code accepts the options
+.Fl b
+and
+.Fl f Ar argument
+and adjusts
+.Va argc
+and
+.Va argv
+after option argument processing has completed.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+int bflag, ch, fd;
+bflag = 0;
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "bf:")) != -1) {
+        switch (ch) {
+        case 'b':
+                bflag = 1;
+                break;
+        case 'f':
+                if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1)
+                        err(1, "%s", optarg);
+                break;
+        default:
+                usage();
+                /* NOTREACHED */
+        }
+}
+argc -= optind;
+argv += optind;
+.Ed
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If the
+.Fn getopt
+function encounters a character not found in the string
+.Fa optstring
+or detects
+a missing option argument, it writes an error message to
+.Em stderr
+and returns
+.Ql \&? .
+Setting
+.Va opterr
+to a zero will disable these error messages.
+If
+.Fa optstring
+has a leading
+.Ql \&:
+then a missing option argument causes a
+.Ql \&:
+to be returned in addition to suppressing any error messages.
+.Pp
+Option arguments are allowed to begin with
+.Ql - ;
+this is reasonable but reduces the amount of error checking possible.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getopt 1 ,
+.Xr getopt_long 3 ,
+.Xr getsubopt 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function implements a superset of the functionality specified by
+.St -p1003.1 .
+.Pp
+The following extensions are supported:
+.Bl -tag -width "xxx"
+.It Li o
+The
+.Va optreset
+variable was added to make it possible to call the
+.Fn getopt
+function multiple times.
+.It Li o
+If the
+.Va optind
+variable is set to 0,
+.Fn getopt
+will behave as if the
+.Va optreset
+variable has been set.
+This is for compatibility with
+.Tn GNU
+.Fn getopt .
+New code should use
+.Va optreset
+instead.
+.It Li o
+If the first character of
+.Fa optstring
+is a plus sign
+.Pq Ql + ,
+it will be ignored.
+This is for compatibility with
+.Tn GNU
+.Fn getopt .
+.It Li o
+If the first character of
+.Fa optstring
+is a dash
+.Pq Ql - ,
+non-options will be returned as arguments to the option character
+.Ql \e1 .
+This is for compatibility with
+.Tn GNU
+.Fn getopt .
+.It Li o
+A single dash
+.Pq Ql -
+may be specified as a character in
+.Fa optstring ,
+however it should
+.Em never
+have an argument associated with it.
+This allows
+.Fn getopt
+to be used with programs that expect
+.Ql -
+as an option flag.
+This practice is wrong, and should not be used in any current development.
+It is provided for backward compatibility
+.Em only .
+Care should be taken not to use
+.Ql -
+as the first character in
+.Fa optstring
+to avoid a semantic conflict with
+.Tn GNU
+.Fn getopt
+semantics (see above).
+By default, a single dash causes
+.Fn getopt
+to return \-1.
+.El
+.Pp
+Historic
+.Bx
+versions of
+.Fn getopt
+set
+.Fa optopt
+to the last option character processed.
+However, this conflicts with
+.St -p1003.1
+which stipulates that
+.Fa optopt
+be set to the last character that caused an error.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function was once specified to return
+.Dv EOF
+instead of \-1.
+This was changed by
+.St -p1003.2-92
+to decouple
+.Fn getopt
+from
+.In stdio.h .
+.Pp
+It is possible to handle digits as option letters.
+This allows
+.Fn getopt
+to be used with programs that expect a number
+.Pq Dq Li \-3
+as an option.
+This practice is wrong, and should not be used in any current development.
+It is provided for backward compatibility
+.Em only .
+The following code fragment works in most cases and can handle mixed
+number and letter arguments.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+int aflag = 0, bflag = 0, ch, lastch = '\e0';
+int length = -1, newarg = 1, prevoptind = 1;
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789ab")) != -1) {
+        switch (ch) {
+        case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+        case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+                if (newarg || !isdigit(lastch))
+                        length = 0;
+                else if (length > INT_MAX / 10)
+                        usage();
+                length = (length * 10) + (ch - '0');
+                break;
+        case 'a':
+                aflag = 1;
+                break;
+        case 'b':
+                bflag = 1;
+                break;
+        default:
+                usage();
+        }
+        lastch = ch;
+        newarg = optind != prevoptind;
+        prevoptind = optind;
+}
+.Ed
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a5973d6c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3
@@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.20 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"     $NetBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.11 2002/10/02 10:54:19 wiz Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getopt.3    8.5 (Berkeley) 4/27/95
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt GETOPT_LONG 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getopt_long ,
+.Nm getopt_long_only
+.Nd get long options from command line argument list
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In getopt.h
+.Vt extern char *optarg;
+.Vt extern int optind;
+.Vt extern int optopt;
+.Vt extern int opterr;
+.Vt extern int optreset;
+.Ft int
+.Fn getopt_long "int argc" "char * const *argv" "const char *optstring" "const struct option *longopts" "int *longindex"
+.Ft int
+.Fn getopt_long_only "int argc" "char * const *argv" "const char *optstring" "const struct option *longopts" "int *longindex"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+function is similar to
+.Xr getopt 3
+but it accepts options in two forms: words and characters.
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+function provides a superset of the functionality of
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+.Fn getopt_long
+can be used in two ways.
+In the first way, every long option understood by the program has a
+corresponding short option, and the option structure is only used to
+translate from long options to short options.
+When used in this fashion,
+.Fn getopt_long
+behaves identically to
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+This is a good way to add long option processing to an existing program
+with the minimum of rewriting.
+.Pp
+In the second mechanism, a long option sets a flag in the
+.Fa option
+structure passed, or will store a pointer to the command line argument
+in the
+.Fa option
+structure passed to it for options that take arguments.
+Additionally, the long option's argument may be specified as a single
+argument with an equal sign, e.g.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ myprogram --myoption=somevalue
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When a long option is processed, the call to
+.Fn getopt_long
+will return 0.
+For this reason, long option processing without
+shortcuts is not backwards compatible with
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+.Pp
+It is possible to combine these methods, providing for long options
+processing with short option equivalents for some options.
+Less frequently used options would be processed as long options only.
+.Pp
+Abbreviated long option names are accepted when
+.Fn getopt_long
+processes long options if the abbreviation is unique.
+An exact match is always preferred for a defined long option.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+call requires an array to be initialized describing the long
+options.
+Each element of the array is a structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct option {
+        char *name;
+        int has_arg;
+        int *flag;
+        int val;
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa name
+field should contain the option name without the leading double dash.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa has_arg
+field should be one of:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "optional_argument" -compact -offset indent
+.It Dv no_argument
+no argument to the option is expected.
+.It Dv required_argument
+an argument to the option is required.
+.It Dv optional_argument
+an argument to the option may be presented.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa flag
+is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+then the integer pointed to by it will be set to the value in the
+.Fa val
+field.
+If the
+.Fa flag
+field is
+.Dv NULL ,
+then the
+.Fa val
+field will be returned.
+Setting
+.Fa flag
+to
+.Dv NULL
+and setting
+.Fa val
+to the corresponding short option will make this function act just
+like
+.Xr getopt 3 .
+.Pp
+If the
+.Fa longindex
+field is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+then the integer pointed to by it will be set to the index of the long
+option relative to
+.Fa longopts .
+.Pp
+The last element of the
+.Fa longopts
+array has to be filled with zeroes.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getopt_long_only
+function behaves identically to
+.Fn getopt_long
+with the exception that long options may start with
+.Sq -
+in addition to
+.Sq -- .
+If an option starting with
+.Sq -
+does not match a long option but does match a single-character option,
+the single-character option is returned.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the
+.Fa flag
+field in
+.Li struct option
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+.Fn getopt_long
+and
+.Fn getopt_long_only
+return the value specified in the
+.Fa val
+field, which is usually just the corresponding short option.
+If
+.Fa flag
+is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+these functions return 0 and store
+.Fa val
+in the location pointed to by
+.Fa flag .
+These functions return
+.Sq \&:
+if there was a missing option argument,
+.Sq \&?
+if the user specified an unknown or ambiguous option, and
+\-1 when the argument list has been exhausted.
+.Sh IMPLEMENTATION DIFFERENCES
+This section describes differences to the GNU implementation
+found in glibc-2.1.3:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+handling of
+.Ql -
+within the option string (not the first character):
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It GNU
+treats a
+.Ql -
+on the command line as a non-argument.
+.It OpenBSD
+a
+.Ql -
+within the option string matches a
+.Ql -
+(single dash) on the command line.
+This functionality is provided for backward compatibility with
+programs, such as
+.Xr su 1 ,
+that use
+.Ql -
+as an option flag.
+This practice is wrong, and should not be used in any current development.
+.El
+.It
+handling of
+.Ql ::
+in the option string in the presence of
+.Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT :
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It Both
+GNU and
+.Ox
+ignore
+.Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+here and take
+.Ql ::
+to mean the preceding option takes an optional argument.
+.El
+.It
+return value in case of missing argument if first character
+(after
+.Ql +
+or
+.Ql - )
+in the option string is not
+.Ql \&: :
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It GNU
+returns
+.Ql \&?
+.It OpenBSD
+returns
+.Ql \&:
+(since
+.Ox Ns 's
+.Xr getopt 3
+does).
+.El
+.It
+handling of
+.Ql --a
+in
+.Xr getopt 3 :
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It GNU
+parses this as option
+.Ql - ,
+option
+.Ql a .
+.It OpenBSD
+parses this as
+.Ql -- ,
+and returns \-1 (ignoring the
+.Ql a )
+(because the original
+.Fn getopt
+did.)
+.El
+.It
+setting of
+.Va optopt
+for long options with
+.Va flag
+.No non- Ns Dv NULL :
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It GNU
+sets
+.Va optopt
+to
+.Va val .
+.It OpenBSD
+sets
+.Va optopt
+to 0 (since
+.Va val
+would never be returned).
+.El
+.It
+handling of
+.Ql -W
+with
+.Ql W;
+in the option string in
+.Xr getopt 3
+(not
+.Fn getopt_long ) :
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It GNU
+causes a segmentation fault.
+.It OpenBSD
+no special handling is done;
+.Ql W;
+is interpreted as two separate options, neither of which take an argument.
+.El
+.It
+setting of
+.Va optarg
+for long options without an argument that are invoked via
+.Ql -W
+(with
+.Ql W;
+in the option string):
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It GNU
+sets
+.Va optarg
+to the option name (the argument of
+.Ql -W ) .
+.It OpenBSD
+sets
+.Va optarg
+to
+.Dv NULL
+(the argument of the long option).
+.El
+.It
+handling of
+.Ql -W
+with an argument that is not (a prefix to) a known long option
+(with
+.Ql W;
+in the option string):
+.Bl -tag -width "OpenBSD"
+.It GNU
+returns
+.Ql -W
+with
+.Va optarg
+set to the unknown option.
+.It OpenBSD
+treats this as an error (unknown option) and returns
+.Ql \&?
+with
+.Va optopt
+set to 0 and
+.Va optarg
+set to
+.Dv NULL
+(as GNU's man page documents).
+.El
+.It
+The error messages are different.
+.It
+.Ox
+does not permute the argument vector at the same points in
+the calling sequence as GNU does.
+The aspects normally used by the caller
+(ordering after \-1 is returned, value of
+.Va optind
+relative to current positions) are the same, though.
+(We do fewer variable swaps.)
+.El
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width Ev
+.It Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+If set, option processing stops when the first non-option is found and
+a leading
+.Sq +
+in the
+.Ar optstring
+is ignored.
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -literal
+int bflag, ch, fd;
+int daggerset;
+/* options descriptor */
+static struct option longopts[] = {
+        { "buffy",      no_argument,            NULL,           'b' },
+        { "fluoride",   required_argument,      NULL,           'f' },
+        { "daggerset",  no_argument,            &daggerset,     1 },
+        { NULL,         0,                      NULL,           0 }
+};
+bflag = 0;
+while ((ch = getopt_long(argc, argv, "bf:", longopts, NULL)) != -1)
+        switch (ch) {
+        case 'b':
+                bflag = 1;
+                break;
+        case 'f':
+                if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1)
+                        err(1, "unable to open %s", optarg);
+                break;
+        case 0:
+                if (daggerset)
+                        fprintf(stderr, "Buffy will use her dagger to "
+                            "apply fluoride to dracula's teeth\en");
+                break;
+        default:
+                usage();
+                /* NOTREACHED */
+        }
+argc -= optind;
+argv += optind;
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getopt 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getopt_long
+and
+.Fn getopt_long_only
+functions first appeared in GNU libiberty.
+This implementation first appeared in
+.Ox 3.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Ar argv
+argument is not really
+.Dv const
+as its elements may be permuted (unless
+.Ev POSIXLY_CORRECT
+is set).
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f46cd8bf4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.c
@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: getopt_long.c,v 1.26 2013/06/08 22:47:56 millert Exp $        */
+/*      $NetBSD: getopt_long.c,v 1.15 2002/01/31 22:43:40 tv Exp $      */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Sponsored in part by the Defense Advanced Research Projects
+ * Agency (DARPA) and Air Force Research Laboratory, Air Force
+ * Materiel Command, USAF, under agreement number F39502-99-1-0512.
+ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+ * by Dieter Baron and Thomas Klausner.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+ * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+ * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+ * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+int     opterr = 1;             /* if error message should be printed */
+int     optind = 1;             /* index into parent argv vector */
+int     optopt = '?';           /* character checked for validity */
+int     optreset;               /* reset getopt */
+char    *optarg;                /* argument associated with option */
+#define PRINT_ERROR     ((opterr) && (*options != ':'))
+#define FLAG_PERMUTE    0x01    /* permute non-options to the end of argv */
+#define FLAG_ALLARGS    0x02    /* treat non-options as args to option "-1" */
+#define FLAG_LONGONLY   0x04    /* operate as getopt_long_only */
+/* return values */
+#define BADCH           (int)'?'
+#define BADARG          ((*options == ':') ? (int)':' : (int)'?')
+#define INORDER         (int)1
+#define EMSG            ""
+static int getopt_internal(int, char * const *, const char *,
+                           const struct option *, int *, int);
+static int parse_long_options(char * const *, const char *,
+                              const struct option *, int *, int, int);
+static int gcd(int, int);
+static void permute_args(int, int, int, char * const *);
+static char *place = EMSG; /* option letter processing */
+/* XXX: set optreset to 1 rather than these two */
+static int nonopt_start = -1; /* first non option argument (for permute) */
+static int nonopt_end = -1;   /* first option after non options (for permute) */
+/* Error messages */
+static const char recargchar[] = "option requires an argument -- %c";
+static const char recargstring[] = "option requires an argument -- %s";
+static const char ambig[] = "ambiguous option -- %.*s";
+static const char noarg[] = "option doesn't take an argument -- %.*s";
+static const char illoptchar[] = "unknown option -- %c";
+static const char illoptstring[] = "unknown option -- %s";
+/*
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of a and b.
+ */
+static int
+gcd(int a, int b)
+{
+        int c;
+        c = a % b;
+        while (c != 0) {
+                a = b;
+                b = c;
+                c = a % b;
+        }
+        return (b);
+}
+/*
+ * Exchange the block from nonopt_start to nonopt_end with the block
+ * from nonopt_end to opt_end (keeping the same order of arguments
+ * in each block).
+ */
+static void
+permute_args(int panonopt_start, int panonopt_end, int opt_end,
+        char * const *nargv)
+{
+        int cstart, cyclelen, i, j, ncycle, nnonopts, nopts, pos;
+        char *swap;
+        /*
+         * compute lengths of blocks and number and size of cycles
+         */
+        nnonopts = panonopt_end - panonopt_start;
+        nopts = opt_end - panonopt_end;
+        ncycle = gcd(nnonopts, nopts);
+        cyclelen = (opt_end - panonopt_start) / ncycle;
+        for (i = 0; i < ncycle; i++) {
+                cstart = panonopt_end+i;
+                pos = cstart;
+                for (j = 0; j < cyclelen; j++) {
+                        if (pos >= panonopt_end)
+                                pos -= nnonopts;
+                        else
+                                pos += nopts;
+                        swap = nargv[pos];
+                        /* LINTED const cast */
+                        ((char **) nargv)[pos] = nargv[cstart];
+                        /* LINTED const cast */
+                        ((char **)nargv)[cstart] = swap;
+                }
+        }
+}
+/*
+ * parse_long_options --
+ *      Parse long options in argc/argv argument vector.
+ * Returns -1 if short_too is set and the option does not match long_options.
+ */
+static int
+parse_long_options(char * const *nargv, const char *options,
+        const struct option *long_options, int *idx, int short_too, int flags)
+{
+        char *current_argv, *has_equal;
+        size_t current_argv_len;
+        int i, match, exact_match, second_partial_match;
+        current_argv = place;
+        match = -1;
+        exact_match = 0;
+        second_partial_match = 0;
+        optind++;
+        if ((has_equal = strchr(current_argv, '=')) != NULL) {
+                /* argument found (--option=arg) */
+                current_argv_len = has_equal - current_argv;
+                has_equal++;
+        } else
+                current_argv_len = strlen(current_argv);
+        for (i = 0; long_options[i].name; i++) {
+                /* find matching long option */
+                if (strncmp(current_argv, long_options[i].name,
+                    current_argv_len))
+                        continue;
+                if (strlen(long_options[i].name) == current_argv_len) {
+                        /* exact match */
+                        match = i;
+                        exact_match = 1;
+                        break;
+                }
+                /*
+                 * If this is a known short option, don't allow
+                 * a partial match of a single character.
+                 */
+                if (short_too && current_argv_len == 1)
+                        continue;
+                if (match == -1)        /* first partial match */
+                        match = i;
+                else if ((flags & FLAG_LONGONLY) ||
+                    long_options[i].has_arg != long_options[match].has_arg ||
+                    long_options[i].flag != long_options[match].flag ||
+                    long_options[i].val != long_options[match].val)
+                        second_partial_match = 1;
+        }
+        if (!exact_match && second_partial_match) {
+                /* ambiguous abbreviation */
+                if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                        warnx(ambig, (int)current_argv_len, current_argv);
+                optopt = 0;
+                return (BADCH);
+        }
+        if (match != -1) {              /* option found */
+                if (long_options[match].has_arg == no_argument
+                    && has_equal) {
+                        if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                warnx(noarg, (int)current_argv_len,
+                                     current_argv);
+                        /*
+                         * XXX: GNU sets optopt to val regardless of flag
+                         */
+                        if (long_options[match].flag == NULL)
+                                optopt = long_options[match].val;
+                        else
+                                optopt = 0;
+                        return (BADARG);
+                }
+                if (long_options[match].has_arg == required_argument ||
+                    long_options[match].has_arg == optional_argument) {
+                        if (has_equal)
+                                optarg = has_equal;
+                        else if (long_options[match].has_arg ==
+                            required_argument) {
+                                /*
+                                 * optional argument doesn't use next nargv
+                                 */
+                                optarg = nargv[optind++];
+                        }
+                }
+                if ((long_options[match].has_arg == required_argument)
+                    && (optarg == NULL)) {
+                        /*
+                         * Missing argument; leading ':' indicates no error
+                         * should be generated.
+                         */
+                        if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                warnx(recargstring,
+                                    current_argv);
+                        /*
+                         * XXX: GNU sets optopt to val regardless of flag
+                         */
+                        if (long_options[match].flag == NULL)
+                                optopt = long_options[match].val;
+                        else
+                                optopt = 0;
+                        --optind;
+                        return (BADARG);
+                }
+        } else {                        /* unknown option */
+                if (short_too) {
+                        --optind;
+                        return (-1);
+                }
+                if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                        warnx(illoptstring, current_argv);
+                optopt = 0;
+                return (BADCH);
+        }
+        if (idx)
+                *idx = match;
+        if (long_options[match].flag) {
+                *long_options[match].flag = long_options[match].val;
+                return (0);
+        } else
+                return (long_options[match].val);
+}
+/*
+ * getopt_internal --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.  Called by user level routines.
+ */
+static int
+getopt_internal(int nargc, char * const *nargv, const char *options,
+        const struct option *long_options, int *idx, int flags)
+{
+        char *oli;                              /* option letter list index */
+        int optchar, short_too;
+        static int posixly_correct = -1;
+        if (options == NULL)
+                return (-1);
+        /*
+         * XXX Some GNU programs (like cvs) set optind to 0 instead of
+         * XXX using optreset.  Work around this braindamage.
+         */
+        if (optind == 0)
+                optind = optreset = 1;
+        /*
+         * Disable GNU extensions if POSIXLY_CORRECT is set or options
+         * string begins with a '+'.
+         */
+        if (posixly_correct == -1 || optreset)
+                posixly_correct = (getenv("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL);
+        if (*options == '-')
+                flags |= FLAG_ALLARGS;
+        else if (posixly_correct || *options == '+')
+                flags &= ~FLAG_PERMUTE;
+        if (*options == '+' || *options == '-')
+                options++;
+        optarg = NULL;
+        if (optreset)
+                nonopt_start = nonopt_end = -1;
+start:
+        if (optreset || !*place) {              /* update scanning pointer */
+                optreset = 0;
+                if (optind >= nargc) {          /* end of argument vector */
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        if (nonopt_end != -1) {
+                                /* do permutation, if we have to */
+                                permute_args(nonopt_start, nonopt_end,
+                                    optind, nargv);
+                                optind -= nonopt_end - nonopt_start;
+                        }
+                        else if (nonopt_start != -1) {
+                                /*
+                                 * If we skipped non-options, set optind
+                                 * to the first of them.
+                                 */
+                                optind = nonopt_start;
+                        }
+                        nonopt_start = nonopt_end = -1;
+                        return (-1);
+                }
+                if (*(place = nargv[optind]) != '-' ||
+                    (place[1] == '\0' && strchr(options, '-') == NULL)) {
+                        place = EMSG;           /* found non-option */
+                        if (flags & FLAG_ALLARGS) {
+                                /*
+                                 * GNU extension:
+                                 * return non-option as argument to option 1
+                                 */
+                                optarg = nargv[optind++];
+                                return (INORDER);
+                        }
+                        if (!(flags & FLAG_PERMUTE)) {
+                                /*
+                                 * If no permutation wanted, stop parsing
+                                 * at first non-option.
+                                 */
+                                return (-1);
+                        }
+                        /* do permutation */
+                        if (nonopt_start == -1)
+                                nonopt_start = optind;
+                        else if (nonopt_end != -1) {
+                                permute_args(nonopt_start, nonopt_end,
+                                    optind, nargv);
+                                nonopt_start = optind -
+                                    (nonopt_end - nonopt_start);
+                                nonopt_end = -1;
+                        }
+                        optind++;
+                        /* process next argument */
+                        goto start;
+                }
+                if (nonopt_start != -1 && nonopt_end == -1)
+                        nonopt_end = optind;
+                /*
+                 * If we have "-" do nothing, if "--" we are done.
+                 */
+                if (place[1] != '\0' && *++place == '-' && place[1] == '\0') {
+                        optind++;
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        /*
+                         * We found an option (--), so if we skipped
+                         * non-options, we have to permute.
+                         */
+                        if (nonopt_end != -1) {
+                                permute_args(nonopt_start, nonopt_end,
+                                    optind, nargv);
+                                optind -= nonopt_end - nonopt_start;
+                        }
+                        nonopt_start = nonopt_end = -1;
+                        return (-1);
+                }
+        }
+        /*
+         * Check long options if:
+         *  1) we were passed some
+         *  2) the arg is not just "-"
+         *  3) either the arg starts with -- we are getopt_long_only()
+         */
+        if (long_options != NULL && place != nargv[optind] &&
+            (*place == '-' || (flags & FLAG_LONGONLY))) {
+                short_too = 0;
+                if (*place == '-')
+                        place++;                /* --foo long option */
+                else if (*place != ':' && strchr(options, *place) != NULL)
+                        short_too = 1;          /* could be short option too */
+                optchar = parse_long_options(nargv, options, long_options,
+                    idx, short_too, flags);
+                if (optchar != -1) {
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        return (optchar);
+                }
+        }
+        if ((optchar = (int)*place++) == (int)':' ||
+            (optchar == (int)'-' && *place != '\0') ||
+            (oli = strchr(options, optchar)) == NULL) {
+                /*
+                 * If the user specified "-" and  '-' isn't listed in
+                 * options, return -1 (non-option) as per POSIX.
+                 * Otherwise, it is an unknown option character (or ':').
+                 */
+                if (optchar == (int)'-' && *place == '\0')
+                        return (-1);
+                if (!*place)
+                        ++optind;
+                if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                        warnx(illoptchar, optchar);
+                optopt = optchar;
+                return (BADCH);
+        }
+        if (long_options != NULL && optchar == 'W' && oli[1] == ';') {
+                /* -W long-option */
+                if (*place)                     /* no space */
+                        /* NOTHING */;
+                else if (++optind >= nargc) {   /* no arg */
+                        place = EMSG;
+                        if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                warnx(recargchar, optchar);
+                        optopt = optchar;
+                        return (BADARG);
+                } else                          /* white space */
+                        place = nargv[optind];
+                optchar = parse_long_options(nargv, options, long_options,
+                    idx, 0, flags);
+                place = EMSG;
+                return (optchar);
+        }
+        if (*++oli != ':') {                    /* doesn't take argument */
+                if (!*place)
+                        ++optind;
+        } else {                                /* takes (optional) argument */
+                optarg = NULL;
+                if (*place)                     /* no white space */
+                        optarg = place;
+                else if (oli[1] != ':') {       /* arg not optional */
+                        if (++optind >= nargc) {        /* no arg */
+                                place = EMSG;
+                                if (PRINT_ERROR)
+                                        warnx(recargchar, optchar);
+                                optopt = optchar;
+                                return (BADARG);
+                        } else
+                                optarg = nargv[optind];
+                }
+                place = EMSG;
+                ++optind;
+        }
+        /* dump back option letter */
+        return (optchar);
+}
+/*
+ * getopt --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ *
+ * [eventually this will replace the BSD getopt]
+ */
+int
+getopt(int nargc, char * const *nargv, const char *options)
+{
+        /*
+         * We don't pass FLAG_PERMUTE to getopt_internal() since
+         * the BSD getopt(3) (unlike GNU) has never done this.
+         *
+         * Furthermore, since many privileged programs call getopt()
+         * before dropping privileges it makes sense to keep things
+         * as simple (and bug-free) as possible.
+         */
+        return (getopt_internal(nargc, nargv, options, NULL, NULL, 0));
+}
+/*
+ * getopt_long --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ */
+int
+getopt_long(int nargc, char * const *nargv, const char *options,
+    const struct option *long_options, int *idx)
+{
+        return (getopt_internal(nargc, nargv, options, long_options, idx,
+            FLAG_PERMUTE));
+}
+/*
+ * getopt_long_only --
+ *      Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ */
+int
+getopt_long_only(int nargc, char * const *nargv, const char *options,
+    const struct option *long_options, int *idx)
+{
+        return (getopt_internal(nargc, nargv, options, long_options, idx,
+            FLAG_PERMUTE|FLAG_LONGONLY));
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef813430de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: getsubopt.3,v 1.13 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getsubopt.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt GETSUBOPT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getsubopt
+.Nd get sub options from an argument
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Vt extern char *suboptarg;
+.Ft int
+.Fn getsubopt "char **optionp" "char * const *tokens" "char **valuep"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function parses a string containing tokens delimited by one or more
+tab, space, or comma
+.Pq Ql \&,
+characters.
+It is intended for use in parsing groups of option arguments provided
+as part of a utility command line.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa optionp
+is a pointer to a pointer to the string.
+The argument
+.Fa tokens
+is a pointer to a null-terminated array of pointers to strings.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function returns the zero-based offset of the pointer in the
+.Fa tokens
+array referencing a string which matches the first token
+in the string, or \-1 if the string contains no tokens or
+.Fa tokens
+does not contain a matching string.
+.Pp
+If the token is of the form
+.Ar name Ns = Ns Ar value ,
+the location referenced by
+.Fa valuep
+will be set to point to the start of the
+.Dq value
+portion of the token.
+.Pp
+On return from
+.Fn getsubopt ,
+.Fa optionp
+will be set to point to the start of the next token in the string,
+or the NUL at the end of the string if no more tokens are present.
+The external variable
+.Fa suboptarg
+will be set to point to the start of the current token, or
+.Dv NULL
+if no tokens were present.
+The argument
+.Fa valuep
+will be set to point to the value portion of the token, or
+.Dv NULL
+if no value portion was present.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -literal
+char *tokens[] = {
+        #define ONE     0
+                "one",
+        #define TWO     1
+                "two",
+        NULL
+};
+\&...
+extern char *optarg, *suboptarg;
+char *options, *value;
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ab:")) != -1) {
+        switch (ch) {
+        case 'a':
+                /* process ``a'' option */
+                break;
+        case 'b':
+                options = optarg;
+                while (*options) {
+                        switch (getsubopt(&options, tokens, &value)) {
+                        case ONE:
+                                /* process ``one'' sub option */
+                                break;
+                        case TWO:
+                                /* process ``two'' sub option */
+                                if (!value)
+                                        error("no value for two");
+                                i = atoi(value);
+                                break;
+                        case -1:
+                                if (suboptarg)
+                                        error("illegal sub option %s",
+                                          suboptarg);
+                                else
+                                        error("missing sub option");
+                                break;
+                        }
+                }
+                break;
+        }
+}
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getopt 3 ,
+.Xr strsep 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..735c85ba8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: getsubopt.c,v 1.4 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $     */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+/*
+ * The SVID interface to getsubopt provides no way of figuring out which
+ * part of the suboptions list wasn't matched.  This makes error messages
+ * tricky...  The extern variable suboptarg is a pointer to the token
+ * which didn't match.
+ */
+char *suboptarg;
+int
+getsubopt(char **optionp, char * const *tokens, char **valuep)
+{
+        int cnt;
+        char *p;
+        suboptarg = *valuep = NULL;
+        if (!optionp || !*optionp)
+                return(-1);
+        /* skip leading white-space, commas */
+        for (p = *optionp; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+        if (!*p) {
+                *optionp = p;
+                return(-1);
+        }
+        /* save the start of the token, and skip the rest of the token. */
+        for (suboptarg = p;
+            *++p && *p != ',' && *p != '=' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t';);
+        if (*p) {
+                /*
+                 * If there's an equals sign, set the value pointer, and
+                 * skip over the value part of the token.  Terminate the
+                 * token.
+                 */
+                if (*p == '=') {
+                        *p = '\0';
+                        for (*valuep = ++p;
+                            *p && *p != ',' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t'; ++p);
+                        if (*p) 
+                                *p++ = '\0';
+                } else
+                        *p++ = '\0';
+                /* Skip any whitespace or commas after this token. */
+                for (; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+        }
+        /* set optionp for next round. */
+        *optionp = p;
+        for (cnt = 0; *tokens; ++tokens, ++cnt)
+                if (!strcmp(suboptarg, *tokens))
+                        return(cnt);
+        return(-1);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/hcreate.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/hcreate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea264b57c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/hcreate.3
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: hcreate.3,v 1.6 2010/07/28 09:00:20 ray Exp $
+.\"     $NetBSD: hcreate.3,v 1.8 2010/05/01 06:18:03 jruoho Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
+.\" by Klaus Klein.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+.\" INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+.\" CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+.\" ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+.\" POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 28 2010 $
+.Dt HCREATE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm hcreate ,
+.Nm hdestroy ,
+.Nm hsearch
+.Nd manage hash search table
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In search.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn hcreate "size_t nel"
+.Ft void
+.Fn hdestroy "void"
+.Ft ENTRY *
+.Fn hsearch "ENTRY item" "ACTION action"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn hcreate ,
+.Fn hdestroy ,
+and
+.Fn hsearch
+functions manage hash search tables.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn hcreate
+function allocates and initializes the table.
+The
+.Fa nel
+argument specifies an estimate of the maximum number of entries to be held
+by the table.
+Unless further memory allocation fails, supplying an insufficient
+.Fa nel
+value will not result in functional harm, although a performance degradation
+may occur.
+Initialization using the
+.Fn hcreate
+function is mandatory prior to any access operations using
+.Fn hsearch .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn hdestroy
+function destroys a table previously created using
+.Fn hcreate .
+After a call to
+.Fn hdestroy ,
+the data can no longer be accessed.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn hsearch
+function is used to search to the hash table.
+It returns a pointer into the
+hash table indicating the address of an item.
+The
+.Fa item
+argument is of type
+.Vt ENTRY ,
+defined in the
+.In search.h
+header.
+This is a structure type that contains two pointers:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -offset indent -width "void *data "
+.It Fa char *key
+comparison key
+.It Fa void *data
+pointer to data associated with
+.Fa key
+.El
+.Pp
+The key comparison function used by
+.Fn hsearch
+is
+.Xr strcmp 3 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa action
+argument is of type
+.Vt ACTION ,
+an enumeration type which defines the following values:
+.Bl -tag -offset indent -width ENTERXX
+.It Dv ENTER
+Insert
+.Fa item
+into the hash table.
+If an existing item with the same key is found, it is not replaced.
+Note that the
+.Fa key
+and
+.Fa data
+elements of
+.Fa item
+are used directly by the new table entry.
+The storage for the
+key must not be modified during the lifetime of the hash table.
+.It Dv FIND
+Search the hash table without inserting
+.Fa item .
+.El
+.Pp
+Note that the comparison
+.Fa key
+must be allocated using
+.Xr malloc 3
+or
+.Xr calloc 3
+if action is
+.Dv ENTER
+and
+.Fn hdestroy
+will be called.
+This is because
+.Fn hdestroy
+will call
+.Xr free 3
+for each comparison
+.Fa key
+(but not
+.Fa data ) .
+Typically the comparison
+.Fa key
+is allocated by using
+.Xr strdup 3 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful, the
+.Fn hcreate
+function returns a non-zero value.
+Otherwise, a value of 0 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn hdestroy
+functions
+returns no value.
+.Pp
+If successful, the
+.Fn hsearch
+function returns a pointer to a hash table entry matching
+the provided key.
+If the action is
+.Dv FIND
+and the item was not found, or if the action is
+.Dv ENTER
+and the insertion failed,
+.Dv NULL
+is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If the action is
+.Dv ENTER
+and an entry already existed in the table matching the given
+key, the existing entry is returned and is not replaced.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn hcreate
+and
+.Fn hsearch
+functions will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory is available.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bsearch 3 ,
+.Xr lsearch 3 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr strcmp 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn hcreate ,
+.Fn hdestroy
+and
+.Fn hsearch
+functions conform to
+.St -xpg4.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn hcreate ,
+.Fn hdestroy
+and
+.Fn hsearch
+functions first appeared in
+.At V .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+At least the following limitations can be mentioned:
+.Bl -bullet
+.It
+The interface permits the use of only one hash table at a time.
+.It
+Individual hash table entries can be added, but not deleted.
+.It
+The standard is indecipherable about the
+internal memory usage of the functions,
+mentioning only that
+.Do
+.Fn hcreate
+and
+.Fn hsearch
+functions may use
+.Fn malloc
+to allocate space
+.Dc .
+This limits the portability of the functions,
+given that other implementations may not
+.Xr free 3
+the buffer pointed by
+.Fa key .
+.El
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/hcreate.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/hcreate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..094f32c173
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/hcreate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: hcreate.c,v 1.4 2007/09/02 15:19:17 deraadt Exp $     */
+/*      $NetBSD: hcreate.c,v 1.5 2004/04/23 02:48:12 simonb Exp $       */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001 Christopher G. Demetriou
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *          This product includes software developed for the
+ *          NetBSD Project.  See http://www.NetBSD.org/ for
+ *          information about NetBSD.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ * 
+ * <<Id: LICENSE,v 1.2 2000/06/14 15:57:33 cgd Exp>>
+ */
+/*
+ * hcreate() / hsearch() / hdestroy()
+ *
+ * SysV/XPG4 hash table functions.
+ *
+ * Implementation done based on NetBSD manual page and Solaris manual page,
+ * plus my own personal experience about how they're supposed to work.
+ *
+ * I tried to look at Knuth (as cited by the Solaris manual page), but
+ * nobody had a copy in the office, so...
+ */
+#include "namespace.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+#ifndef _DIAGASSERT
+#define _DIAGASSERT(x)
+#endif
+/*
+ * DO NOT MAKE THIS STRUCTURE LARGER THAN 32 BYTES (4 ptrs on 64-bit
+ * ptr machine) without adjusting MAX_BUCKETS_LG2 below.
+ */
+struct internal_entry {
+        SLIST_ENTRY(internal_entry) link;
+        ENTRY ent;
+};
+SLIST_HEAD(internal_head, internal_entry);
+#define MIN_BUCKETS_LG2 4
+#define MIN_BUCKETS     (1 << MIN_BUCKETS_LG2)
+/*
+ * max * sizeof internal_entry must fit into size_t.
+ * assumes internal_entry is <= 32 (2^5) bytes.
+ */
+#define MAX_BUCKETS_LG2 (sizeof (size_t) * 8 - 1 - 5)
+#define MAX_BUCKETS     ((size_t)1 << MAX_BUCKETS_LG2)
+/* Default hash function, from db/hash/hash_func.c */
+extern u_int32_t (*__default_hash)(const void *, size_t);
+static struct internal_head *htable;
+static size_t htablesize;
+int
+hcreate(size_t nel)
+{
+        size_t idx;
+        unsigned int p2;
+        /* Make sure this isn't called when a table already exists. */
+        _DIAGASSERT(htable == NULL);
+        if (htable != NULL) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return 0;
+        }
+        /* If nel is too small, make it min sized. */
+        if (nel < MIN_BUCKETS)
+                nel = MIN_BUCKETS;
+        /* If it's too large, cap it. */
+        if (nel > MAX_BUCKETS)
+                nel = MAX_BUCKETS;
+        /* If it's is not a power of two in size, round up. */
+        if ((nel & (nel - 1)) != 0) {
+                for (p2 = 0; nel != 0; p2++)
+                        nel >>= 1;
+                _DIAGASSERT(p2 <= MAX_BUCKETS_LG2);
+                nel = 1 << p2;
+        }
+        
+        /* Allocate the table. */
+        htablesize = nel;
+        htable = calloc(htablesize, sizeof htable[0]);
+        if (htable == NULL) {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return 0;
+        }
+        /* Initialize it. */
+        for (idx = 0; idx < htablesize; idx++)
+                SLIST_INIT(&htable[idx]);
+        return 1;
+}
+void
+hdestroy(void)
+{
+        struct internal_entry *ie;
+        size_t idx;
+        _DIAGASSERT(htable != NULL);
+        if (htable == NULL)
+                return;
+        for (idx = 0; idx < htablesize; idx++) {
+                while (!SLIST_EMPTY(&htable[idx])) {
+                        ie = SLIST_FIRST(&htable[idx]);
+                        SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&htable[idx], link);
+                        free(ie->ent.key);
+                        free(ie);
+                }
+        }
+        free(htable);
+        htable = NULL;
+}
+ENTRY *
+hsearch(ENTRY item, ACTION action)
+{
+        struct internal_head *head;
+        struct internal_entry *ie;
+        uint32_t hashval;
+        size_t len;
+        _DIAGASSERT(htable != NULL);
+        _DIAGASSERT(item.key != NULL);
+        _DIAGASSERT(action == ENTER || action == FIND);
+        len = strlen(item.key);
+        hashval = (*__default_hash)(item.key, len);
+        head = &htable[hashval & (htablesize - 1)];
+        ie = SLIST_FIRST(head);
+        while (ie != NULL) {
+                if (strcmp(ie->ent.key, item.key) == 0)
+                        break;
+                ie = SLIST_NEXT(ie, link);
+        }
+        if (ie != NULL)
+                return &ie->ent;
+        else if (action == FIND)
+                return NULL;
+        ie = malloc(sizeof *ie);
+        if (ie == NULL)
+                return NULL;
+        ie->ent.key = item.key;
+        ie->ent.data = item.data;
+        SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, ie, link);
+        return &ie->ent;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/heapsort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/heapsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad3fffbcd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/heapsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Ronnie Kon at Mindcraft Inc., Kevin Lew and Elmer Yglesias.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+/*
+ * Swap two areas of size number of bytes.  Although qsort(3) permits random
+ * blocks of memory to be sorted, sorting pointers is almost certainly the
+ * common case (and, were it not, could easily be made so).  Regardless, it
+ * isn't worth optimizing; the SWAP's get sped up by the cache, and pointer
+ * arithmetic gets lost in the time required for comparison function calls.
+ */
+#define SWAP(a, b, count, size, tmp) { \
+        count = size; \
+        do { \
+                tmp = *a; \
+                *a++ = *b; \
+                *b++ = tmp; \
+        } while (--count); \
+}
+/* Copy one block of size size to another. */
+#define COPY(a, b, count, size, tmp1, tmp2) { \
+        count = size; \
+        tmp1 = a; \
+        tmp2 = b; \
+        do { \
+                *tmp1++ = *tmp2++; \
+        } while (--count); \
+}
+/*
+ * Build the list into a heap, where a heap is defined such that for
+ * the records K1 ... KN, Kj/2 >= Kj for 1 <= j/2 <= j <= N.
+ *
+ * There are two cases.  If j == nmemb, select largest of Ki and Kj.  If
+ * j < nmemb, select largest of Ki, Kj and Kj+1.
+ */
+#define CREATE(initval, nmemb, par_i, child_i, par, child, size, count, tmp) { \
+        for (par_i = initval; (child_i = par_i * 2) <= nmemb; \
+            par_i = child_i) { \
+                child = base + child_i * size; \
+                if (child_i < nmemb && compar(child, child + size) < 0) { \
+                        child += size; \
+                        ++child_i; \
+                } \
+                par = base + par_i * size; \
+                if (compar(child, par) <= 0) \
+                        break; \
+                SWAP(par, child, count, size, tmp); \
+        } \
+}
+/*
+ * Select the top of the heap and 'heapify'.  Since by far the most expensive
+ * action is the call to the compar function, a considerable optimization
+ * in the average case can be achieved due to the fact that k, the displaced
+ * element, is usually quite small, so it would be preferable to first
+ * heapify, always maintaining the invariant that the larger child is copied
+ * over its parent's record.
+ *
+ * Then, starting from the *bottom* of the heap, finding k's correct place,
+ * again maintaining the invariant.  As a result of the invariant no element
+ * is 'lost' when k is assigned its correct place in the heap.
+ *
+ * The time savings from this optimization are on the order of 15-20% for the
+ * average case. See Knuth, Vol. 3, page 158, problem 18.
+ *
+ * XXX Don't break the #define SELECT line, below.  Reiser cpp gets upset.
+ */
+#define SELECT(par_i, child_i, nmemb, par, child, size, k, count, tmp1, tmp2) { \
+        for (par_i = 1; (child_i = par_i * 2) <= nmemb; par_i = child_i) { \
+                child = base + child_i * size; \
+                if (child_i < nmemb && compar(child, child + size) < 0) { \
+                        child += size; \
+                        ++child_i; \
+                } \
+                par = base + par_i * size; \
+                COPY(par, child, count, size, tmp1, tmp2); \
+        } \
+        for (;;) { \
+                child_i = par_i; \
+                par_i = child_i / 2; \
+                child = base + child_i * size; \
+                par = base + par_i * size; \
+                if (child_i == 1 || compar(k, par) < 0) { \
+                        COPY(child, k, count, size, tmp1, tmp2); \
+                        break; \
+                } \
+                COPY(child, par, count, size, tmp1, tmp2); \
+        } \
+}
+/*
+ * Heapsort -- Knuth, Vol. 3, page 145.  Runs in O (N lg N), both average
+ * and worst.  While heapsort is faster than the worst case of quicksort,
+ * the BSD quicksort does median selection so that the chance of finding
+ * a data set that will trigger the worst case is nonexistent.  Heapsort's
+ * only advantage over quicksort is that it requires little additional memory.
+ */
+int
+heapsort(void *vbase, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
+    int (*compar)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+        size_t cnt, i, j, l;
+        char tmp, *tmp1, *tmp2;
+        char *base, *k, *p, *t;
+        if (nmemb <= 1)
+                return (0);
+        if (!size) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return (-1);
+        }
+        if ((k = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+                return (-1);
+        /*
+         * Items are numbered from 1 to nmemb, so offset from size bytes
+         * below the starting address.
+         */
+        base = (char *)vbase - size;
+        for (l = nmemb / 2 + 1; --l;)
+                CREATE(l, nmemb, i, j, t, p, size, cnt, tmp);
+        /*
+         * For each element of the heap, save the largest element into its
+         * final slot, save the displaced element (k), then recreate the
+         * heap.
+         */
+        while (nmemb > 1) {
+                COPY(k, base + nmemb * size, cnt, size, tmp1, tmp2);
+                COPY(base + nmemb * size, base + size, cnt, size, tmp1, tmp2);
+                --nmemb;
+                SELECT(i, j, nmemb, t, p, size, k, cnt, tmp1, tmp2);
+        }
+        free(k);
+        return (0);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxabs.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxabs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c4793477e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxabs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: imaxabs.3,v 1.6 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt IMAXABS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm imaxabs
+.Nd integer absolute value function
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In inttypes.h
+.Ft intmax_t
+.Fn imaxabs "intmax_t j"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn imaxabs
+function computes the absolute value of the intmax_t variable
+.Fa j .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn imaxabs
+function returns the absolute value.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr abs 3 ,
+.Xr cabs 3 ,
+.Xr floor 3 ,
+.Xr hypot 3 ,
+.Xr labs 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn imaxabs
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The absolute value of the most negative integer remains negative.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxabs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7e910eefd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: imaxabs.c,v 1.1 2006/01/13 17:58:09 millert Exp $     */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <inttypes.h>
+intmax_t
+imaxabs(intmax_t j)
+{
+        return (j < 0 ? -j : j);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxdiv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxdiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..40ac0bc236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxdiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: imaxdiv.3,v 1.5 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt IMAXDIV 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm imaxdiv
+.Nd return quotient and remainder from division
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In inttypes.h
+.Ft imaxdiv_t
+.Fn imaxdiv "intmax_t num" "intmax_t denom"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn imaxdiv
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns / Ns Fa denom
+and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
+.Li imaxdiv_t
+that contains two
+.Li intmax_t
+members named
+.Fa quot
+and
+.Fa rem .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr div 3 ,
+.Xr ldiv 3 ,
+.Xr lldiv 3 ,
+.Xr qdiv 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn imaxdiv
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxdiv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxdiv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0515a94b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/imaxdiv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: imaxdiv.c,v 1.1 2006/01/13 17:58:09 millert Exp $     */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <inttypes.h>           /* imaxdiv_t */
+imaxdiv_t
+imaxdiv(intmax_t num, intmax_t denom)
+{
+        imaxdiv_t r;
+        /* see div.c for comments */
+        r.quot = num / denom;
+        r.rem = num % denom;
+        if (num >= 0 && r.rem < 0) {
+                r.quot++;
+                r.rem -= denom;
+        }
+        return (r);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..64da36a898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: insque.3,v 1.9 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 John Brezak
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt INSQUE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm insque ,
+.Nm remque
+.Nd insert/remove element from a queue
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In search.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn insque "void *elem" "void *pred"
+.Ft void
+.Fn remque "void *elem"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+These interfaces have been superseded by the
+.Xr queue 3
+macros and are provided for compatibility with legacy code.
+.Ef
+.Pp
+.Fn insque
+and
+.Fn remque
+manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists.
+The queue can be either circular or linear.
+Each element in the queue must be of the following form:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct qelem {
+        struct qelem   *q_forw;
+        struct qelem   *q_back;
+        char            q_data[];
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The first two elements in the struct must be pointers of the
+same type that point to the previous and next elements in
+the queue respectively.
+Any subsequent data in the struct is application-dependent.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn insque
+function inserts
+.Fa elem
+into a queue immediately after
+.Fa pred .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn remque
+function removes
+.Fa elem
+from the queue.
+.Pp
+These functions are not atomic unless that machine architecture allows it.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr queue 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn insque
+and
+.Fn remque
+functions conform to the
+.St -p1003.1-2001
+and
+.St -xpg4.3
+specifications.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn insque
+and
+.Fn remque
+functions are derived from the
+.Li insque
+and
+.Li remque
+instructions on the
+.Tn VAX .
+They first appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8724efec74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/insque.c
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: insque.c,v 1.2 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $        */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 John Brezak
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *  3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products
+ *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <search.h>
+struct qelem {
+        struct qelem *q_forw;
+        struct qelem *q_back;
+};
+void
+insque(void *entry, void *pred)
+{
+        struct qelem *e = (struct qelem *) entry;
+        struct qelem *p = (struct qelem *) pred;
+        e->q_forw = p->q_forw;
+        e->q_back = p;
+        p->q_forw->q_back = e;
+        p->q_forw = e;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/jrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/jrand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb8c592750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/jrand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: jrand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+long
+jrand48(unsigned short xseed[3])
+{
+        __dorand48(xseed);
+        return ((long) xseed[2] << 16) + (long) xseed[1];
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/l64a.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/l64a.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f33df37b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/l64a.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: l64a.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>.
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+char *
+l64a(long value)
+{
+        static char buf[8];
+        char *s = buf;
+        int digit;
+        int i;
+        if (value < 0) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return(NULL);
+        }
+        for (i = 0; value != 0 && i < 6; i++) {
+                digit = value & 0x3f;
+                if (digit < 2) 
+                        *s = digit + '.';
+                else if (digit < 12)
+                        *s = digit + '0' - 2;
+                else if (digit < 38)
+                        *s = digit + 'A' - 12;
+                else
+                        *s = digit + 'a' - 38;
+                value >>= 6;
+                s++;
+        }
+        *s = '\0';
+        return(buf);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a38c64b1af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: labs.3,v 1.12 2014/01/19 05:21:12 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 19 2014 $
+.Dt LABS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm labs ,
+.Nm llabs
+.Nd return the absolute value of a long integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft long
+.Fn labs "long i"
+.Ft long long
+.Fn llabs "long long j"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn labs
+function returns the absolute value of the long integer
+.Fa i .
+The
+.Fn llabs
+function returns the absolute value of the long long integer
+.Fa j .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr abs 3 ,
+.Xr cabs 3 ,
+.Xr floor 3 ,
+.Xr imaxabs 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn labs
+and
+.Fn llabs
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The absolute value of the most negative integer remains negative.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca60b9aba2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/labs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: labs.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+long
+labs(long j)
+{
+        return(j < 0 ? -j : j);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lcong48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lcong48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cf5c271ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lcong48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: lcong48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
+extern unsigned short __rand48_mult[3];
+extern unsigned short __rand48_add;
+void
+lcong48(unsigned short p[7])
+{
+        __rand48_seed[0] = p[0];
+        __rand48_seed[1] = p[1];
+        __rand48_seed[2] = p[2];
+        __rand48_mult[0] = p[3];
+        __rand48_mult[1] = p[4];
+        __rand48_mult[2] = p[5];
+        __rand48_add = p[6];
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8835ab6ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: ldiv.3,v 1.12 2013/07/17 05:42:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2013 $
+.Dt LDIV 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ldiv
+.Nd return quotient and remainder from division
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft ldiv_t
+.Fn ldiv "long num" "long denom"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ldiv
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns / Ns Fa denom
+and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
+.Li ldiv_t
+that contains two
+.Li long integer
+members named
+.Fa quot
+and
+.Fa rem .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr div 3 ,
+.Xr imaxdiv 3 ,
+.Xr lldiv 3 ,
+.Xr qdiv 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn ldiv
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn ldiv
+function with similar functionality, but a different calling convention,
+first appeared in
+.At v4 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..775065f525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ldiv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: ldiv.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>             /* ldiv_t */
+ldiv_t
+ldiv(long num, long denom)
+{
+        ldiv_t r;
+        /* see div.c for comments */
+        r.quot = num / denom;
+        r.rem = num % denom;
+        if (num >= 0 && r.rem < 0) {
+                r.quot++;
+                r.rem -= denom;
+        }
+        return (r);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/llabs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/llabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc2cd8261c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/llabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: llabs.c,v 1.3 2007/01/08 19:39:25 deraadt Exp $       */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+long long
+llabs(long long j)
+{
+        return (j < 0 ? -j : j);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lldiv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lldiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9181f8b7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lldiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: lldiv.3,v 1.4 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt LLDIV 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm lldiv
+.Nd return quotient and remainder from division
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft lldiv_t
+.Fn lldiv "long long num" "long long denom"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn lldiv
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns / Ns Fa denom
+and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
+.Li lldiv_t
+that contains two
+.Li long long integer
+members named
+.Fa quot
+and
+.Fa rem .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr div 3 ,
+.Xr imaxdiv 3 ,
+.Xr ldiv 3 ,
+.Xr qdiv 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn lldiv
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lldiv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lldiv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8d6c978b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lldiv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: lldiv.c,v 1.1 2006/01/13 17:58:09 millert Exp $       */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>             /* lldiv_t */
+lldiv_t
+lldiv(long long num, long long denom)
+{
+        lldiv_t r;
+        /* see div.c for comments */
+        r.quot = num / denom;
+        r.rem = num % denom;
+        if (num >= 0 && r.rem < 0) {
+                r.quot++;
+                r.rem -= denom;
+        }
+        return (r);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lrand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21beb858ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lrand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: lrand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:36 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
+long
+lrand48(void)
+{
+        __dorand48(__rand48_seed);
+        return ((long) __rand48_seed[2] << 15) + ((long) __rand48_seed[1] >> 1);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5a55980e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: lsearch.3,v 1.10 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)lsearch.3   8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt LSEARCH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm lsearch ,
+.Nm lfind
+.Nd linear searching routines
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In search.h
+.Ft char *
+.Fn lsearch "const void *key" "const void *base" "size_t *nelp" \
+    "size_t width" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn lfind "const void *key" "const void *base" "size_t *nelp" \
+    "size_t width" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.Fn lsearch
+and
+.Fn lfind
+provide basic linear searching functionality.
+.Pp
+.Fa base
+is the pointer to the beginning of an array.
+The argument
+.Fa nelp
+is the current number of elements in the array, where each element
+is
+.Fa width
+bytes long.
+The
+.Fa compar
+function
+is a comparison routine which is used to compare two elements.
+It takes two arguments which point to the
+.Fa key
+object and to an array member, in that order, and must return an integer
+less than, equivalent to, or greater than zero if the
+.Fa key
+object is considered, respectively, to be less than, equal to, or greater
+than the array member.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn lsearch
+and
+.Fn lfind
+functions
+return a pointer into the array referenced by
+.Fa base
+where
+.Fa key
+is located.
+If
+.Fa key
+does not exist,
+.Fn lfind
+will return a null pointer and
+.Fn lsearch
+will add it to the array.
+When an element is added to the array by
+.Fn lsearch ,
+the location referenced by the argument
+.Fa nelp
+is incremented by one.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bsearch 3 ,
+.Xr db 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn lsearch
+and
+.Fn lfind
+functions conform to the
+.St -p1003.1-2001
+and
+.St -xpg4.3
+specifications.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a01d80e008
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/lsearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: lsearch.c,v 1.4 2009/10/27 23:59:59 deraadt Exp $     */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Roger L. Snyder.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <search.h>
+typedef int (*cmp_fn_t)(const void *, const void *);
+static void *linear_base(const void *, const void *, size_t *, size_t,
+    cmp_fn_t, int);
+void *
+lsearch(const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width,
+        cmp_fn_t compar)
+{
+        return(linear_base(key, base, nelp, width, compar, 1));
+}
+void *
+lfind(const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width,
+        cmp_fn_t compar)
+{
+        return(linear_base(key, base, nelp, width, compar, 0));
+}
+static void *
+linear_base(const void *key, const void *base, size_t *nelp, size_t width,
+        cmp_fn_t compar, int add_flag)
+{
+        const char *element, *end;
+        end = (const char *)base + *nelp * width;
+        for (element = base; element < end; element += width)
+                if (!compar(key, element))              /* key found */
+                        return((void *)element);
+        if (!add_flag)                                  /* key not found */
+                return(NULL);
+        /*
+         * The UNIX System User's Manual, 1986 edition claims that
+         * a NULL pointer is returned by lsearch with errno set
+         * appropriately, if there is not enough room in the table
+         * to add a new item.  This can't be done as none of these
+         * routines have any method of determining the size of the
+         * table.  This comment isn't in the 1986-87 System V
+         * manual.
+         */
+        ++*nelp;
+        memcpy((void *)end, key, width);
+        return((void *)end);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..414f0a9770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: malloc.3,v 1.73 2013/07/18 10:14:49 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 18 2013 $
+.Dt MALLOC 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm malloc ,
+.Nm calloc ,
+.Nm realloc ,
+.Nm free ,
+.Nm cfree
+.Nd memory allocation and deallocation
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void *
+.Fn malloc "size_t size"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn calloc "size_t nmemb" "size_t size"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn realloc "void *ptr" "size_t size"
+.Ft void
+.Fn free "void *ptr"
+.Ft void
+.Fn cfree "void *ptr"
+.Ft char *
+.Va malloc_options ;
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn malloc
+function allocates uninitialized space for an object whose
+size is specified by
+.Fa size .
+The
+.Fn malloc
+function maintains multiple lists of free blocks according to size, allocating
+space from the appropriate list.
+.Pp
+The allocated space is
+suitably aligned (after possible pointer
+coercion) for storage of any type of object.
+If the space is of
+.Em pagesize
+or larger, the memory returned will be page-aligned.
+.Pp
+Allocation of a zero size object returns a pointer to a zero size object.
+This zero size object is access protected, so any access to it will
+generate an exception (SIGSEGV).
+Many zero-sized objects can be placed consecutively in shared
+protected pages.
+The minimum size of the protection on each object is suitably aligned and
+sized as previously stated, but the protection may extend further depending
+on where in a protected zone the object lands.
+.Pp
+When using
+.Fn malloc
+be careful to avoid the following idiom:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((p = malloc(num * size)) == NULL)
+        err(1, "malloc");
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The multiplication may lead to an integer overflow.
+To avoid this,
+.Fn calloc
+is recommended.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn malloc
+must be used, be sure to test for overflow:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if (size && num > SIZE_MAX / size) {
+        errno = ENOMEM;
+        err(1, "overflow");
+}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn calloc
+function allocates space for an array of
+.Fa nmemb
+objects, each of whose size is
+.Fa size .
+The space is initialized to zero.
+The use of
+.Fn calloc
+is strongly encouraged when allocating multiple sized objects
+in order to avoid possible integer overflows.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn free
+function causes the space pointed to by
+.Fa ptr
+to be either placed on a list of free pages to make it available for future
+allocation or, if required, to be returned to the kernel using
+.Xr munmap 2 .
+If
+.Fa ptr
+is a null pointer, no action occurs.
+.Pp
+A
+.Fn cfree
+function is also provided for compatibility with old systems and other
+.Nm malloc
+libraries; it is simply an alias for
+.Fn free .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn realloc
+function changes the size of the object pointed to by
+.Fa ptr
+to
+.Fa size
+bytes and returns a pointer to the (possibly moved) object.
+The contents of the object are unchanged up to the lesser
+of the new and old sizes.
+If the new size is larger, the value of the newly allocated portion
+of the object is indeterminate and uninitialized.
+If
+.Fa ptr
+is a null pointer, the
+.Fn realloc
+function behaves like the
+.Fn malloc
+function for the specified size.
+If the space cannot be allocated, the object
+pointed to by
+.Fa ptr
+is unchanged.
+If
+.Fa size
+is zero and
+.Fa ptr
+is not a null pointer, the object it points to is freed and a new zero size
+object is returned.
+.Pp
+When using
+.Fn realloc
+be careful to avoid the following idiom:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+size += 50;
+if ((p = realloc(p, size)) == NULL)
+        return (NULL);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Do not adjust the variable describing how much memory has been allocated
+until the allocation has been successful.
+This can cause aberrant program behavior if the incorrect size value is used.
+In most cases, the above sample will also result in a leak of memory.
+As stated earlier, a return value of
+.Dv NULL
+indicates that the old object still remains allocated.
+Better code looks like this:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+newsize = size + 50;
+if ((newp = realloc(p, newsize)) == NULL) {
+        free(p);
+        p = NULL;
+        size = 0;
+        return (NULL);
+}
+p = newp;
+size = newsize;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+As with
+.Fn malloc
+it is important to ensure the new size value will not overflow;
+i.e. avoid allocations like the following:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((newp = realloc(p, num * size)) == NULL) {
+        ...
+.Ed
+.Sh MALLOC_OPTIONS
+Malloc will first look for a symbolic link called
+.Pa /etc/malloc.conf
+and next check the environment for a variable called
+.Ev MALLOC_OPTIONS
+and finally for the global variable
+.Va malloc_options
+and scan them for flags in that order.
+Flags are single letters, uppercase means on, lowercase means off.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Cm A
+.Dq Abort .
+.Fn malloc
+will coredump the process, rather than tolerate internal
+inconsistencies or incorrect usage.
+This is the default and a very handy debugging aid,
+since the core file represents the time of failure,
+rather than when the bogus pointer was used.
+.It Cm D
+.Dq Dump .
+.Fn malloc
+will dump statistics to the file
+.Pa ./malloc.out ,
+if it already exists,
+at exit.
+This option requires the library to have been compiled with -DMALLOC_STATS in
+order to have any effect.
+.It Cm F
+.Dq Freeguard .
+Enable use after free detection.
+Unused pages on the freelist are read and write protected to
+cause a segmentation fault upon access.
+This will also switch off the delayed freeing of chunks,
+reducing random behaviour but detecting double
+.Fn free
+calls as early as possible.
+This option is intended for debugging rather than improved security
+(use the
+.Cm U
+option for security).
+.It Cm G
+.Dq Guard .
+Enable guard pages.
+Each page size or larger allocation is followed by a guard page that will
+cause a segmentation fault upon any access.
+.It Cm H
+.Dq Hint .
+Pass a hint to the kernel about pages we don't use.
+If the machine is paging a lot this may help a bit.
+.It Cm J
+.Dq Junk .
+Fill some junk into the area allocated.
+Currently junk is bytes of 0xd0 when allocating; this is pronounced
+.Dq Duh .
+\&:-)
+Freed chunks are filled with 0xdf.
+.It Cm P
+.Dq Move allocations within a page.
+Allocations larger than half a page but smaller than a page
+are aligned to the end of a page to catch buffer overruns in more
+cases.
+This is the default.
+.It Cm R
+.Dq realloc .
+Always reallocate when
+.Fn realloc
+is called, even if the initial allocation was big enough.
+This can substantially aid in compacting memory.
+.\".Pp
+.\".It Cm U
+.\".Dq utrace .
+.\"Generate entries for
+.\".Xr ktrace 1
+.\"for all operations.
+.\"Consult the source for this one.
+.It Cm S
+Enable all options suitable for security auditing.
+.It Cm U
+.Dq Free unmap .
+Enable use after free protection for larger allocations.
+Unused pages on the freelist are read and write protected to
+cause a segmentation fault upon access.
+.It Cm X
+.Dq xmalloc .
+Rather than return failure,
+.Xr abort 3
+the program with a diagnostic message on stderr.
+It is the intention that this option be set at compile time by
+including in the source:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+extern char *malloc_options;
+malloc_options = "X";
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Note that this will cause code that is supposed to handle
+out-of-memory conditions gracefully to abort instead.
+.It Cm Z
+.Dq Zero .
+Fill some junk into the area allocated (see
+.Cm J ) ,
+except for the exact length the user asked for, which is zeroed.
+.It Cm <
+.Dq Half the cache size .
+Decrease the size of the free page cache by a factor of two.
+.It Cm >
+.Dq Double the cache size .
+Increase the size of the free page cache by a factor of two.
+.El
+.Pp
+So to set a systemwide reduction of the cache to a quarter of the
+default size and use guard pages:
+.Dl # ln -s 'G\*(Lt\*(Lt' /etc/malloc.conf
+.Pp
+The flags are mostly for testing and debugging.
+If a program changes behavior if any of these options (except
+.Cm X )
+are used,
+it is buggy.
+.Pp
+The default number of free pages cached is 64.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn malloc
+and
+.Fn calloc
+functions return a pointer to the allocated space if successful; otherwise,
+a null pointer is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ENOMEM .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn free
+and
+.Fn cfree
+functions return no value.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn realloc
+function returns a pointer to the (possibly moved) allocated space
+if successful; otherwise, a null pointer is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ENOMEM .
+.Sh ENVIRONMENT
+.Bl -tag -width Ev
+.It Ev MALLOC_OPTIONS
+See above.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width "/etc/malloc.conf"
+.It Pa /etc/malloc.conf
+symbolic link to filename containing option flags
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If
+.Fn malloc ,
+.Fn calloc ,
+.Fn realloc ,
+or
+.Fn free
+detect an error condition,
+a message will be printed to file descriptor
+2 (not using stdio).
+Errors will result in the process being aborted,
+unless the
+.Cm a
+option has been specified.
+.Pp
+Here is a brief description of the error messages and what they mean:
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It Dq out of memory
+If the
+.Cm X
+option is specified it is an error for
+.Fn malloc ,
+.Fn calloc ,
+or
+.Fn realloc
+to return
+.Dv NULL .
+.It Dq malloc init mmap failed
+This is a rather weird condition that is most likely to indicate a
+seriously overloaded system or a ulimit restriction.
+.It Dq bogus pointer (double free?)
+An attempt to
+.Fn free
+or
+.Fn realloc
+an unallocated pointer was made.
+.It Dq chunk is already free
+There was an attempt to free a chunk that had already been freed.
+.It Dq modified chunk-pointer
+The pointer passed to
+.Fn free
+or
+.Fn realloc
+has been modified.
+.It Dq recursive call
+An attempt was made to call recursively into these functions, i.e., from a
+signal handler.
+This behavior is not supported.
+In particular, signal handlers should
+.Em not
+use any of the
+.Fn malloc
+functions nor utilize any other functions which may call
+.Fn malloc
+(e.g.,
+.Xr stdio 3
+routines).
+.It Dq unknown char in MALLOC_OPTIONS
+We found something we didn't understand.
+.It Dq malloc cache overflow/underflow
+The internal malloc page cache has been corrupted.
+.It Dq malloc free slot lost
+The internal malloc page cache has been corrupted.
+.It Dq guard size
+An inconsistent guard size was detected.
+.It any other error
+.Fn malloc
+detected an internal error;
+consult sources and/or wizards.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr brk 2 ,
+.Xr mmap 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr alloca 3 ,
+.Xr getpagesize 3 ,
+.Xr posix_memalign 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn malloc
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn free
+internal kernel function and a predecessor to
+.Fn malloc ,
+.Fn alloc ,
+first appeared in
+.At v1 .
+C library functions
+.Fn alloc
+and
+.Fn free
+appeared in
+.At v6 .
+The functions
+.Fn malloc ,
+.Fn calloc ,
+and
+.Fn realloc
+first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Pp
+A new implementation by Chris Kingsley was introduced in
+.Bx 4.2 ,
+followed by a complete rewrite by Poul-Henning Kamp which appeared in
+.Fx 2.2
+and was included in
+.Ox 2.0 .
+These implementations were all
+.Xr sbrk 2
+based.
+In
+.Ox 3.8 ,
+Thierry Deval rewrote
+.Nm
+to use the
+.Xr mmap 2
+system call,
+making the page addresses returned by
+.Nm
+random.
+A rewrite by Otto Moerbeek introducing a new central data structure and more
+randomization appeared in
+.Ox 4.4 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cd443191d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1824 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: malloc.c,v 1.153 2014/04/14 10:29:41 otto Exp $       */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008, 2010, 2011 Otto Moerbeek <otto@drijf.net>
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Matthew Dempsky <matthew@openbsd.org>
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Damien Miller <djm@openbsd.org>
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 Poul-Henning Kamp <phk@FreeBSD.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+/*
+ * If we meet some day, and you think this stuff is worth it, you
+ * can buy me a beer in return. Poul-Henning Kamp
+ */
+/* #define MALLOC_STATS */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+#include <sys/tree.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+#include "thread_private.h"
+#if defined(__sparc__) && !defined(__sparcv9__)
+#define MALLOC_PAGESHIFT        (13U)
+#elif defined(__mips64__)
+#define MALLOC_PAGESHIFT        (14U)
+#else
+#define MALLOC_PAGESHIFT        (PAGE_SHIFT)
+#endif
+#define MALLOC_MINSHIFT         4
+#define MALLOC_MAXSHIFT         (MALLOC_PAGESHIFT - 1)
+#define MALLOC_PAGESIZE         (1UL << MALLOC_PAGESHIFT)
+#define MALLOC_MINSIZE          (1UL << MALLOC_MINSHIFT)
+#define MALLOC_PAGEMASK         (MALLOC_PAGESIZE - 1)
+#define MASK_POINTER(p)         ((void *)(((uintptr_t)(p)) & ~MALLOC_PAGEMASK))
+#define MALLOC_MAXCHUNK         (1 << MALLOC_MAXSHIFT)
+#define MALLOC_MAXCACHE         256
+#define MALLOC_DELAYED_CHUNKS   15      /* max of getrnibble() */
+#define MALLOC_INITIAL_REGIONS  512
+#define MALLOC_DEFAULT_CACHE    64
+/*
+ * When the P option is active, we move allocations between half a page
+ * and a whole page towards the end, subject to alignment constraints.
+ * This is the extra headroom we allow. Set to zero to be the most
+ * strict.
+ */
+#define MALLOC_LEEWAY           0
+#define PAGEROUND(x)  (((x) + (MALLOC_PAGEMASK)) & ~MALLOC_PAGEMASK)
+/*
+ * What to use for Junk.  This is the byte value we use to fill with
+ * when the 'J' option is enabled. Use SOME_JUNK right after alloc,
+ * and SOME_FREEJUNK right before free.
+ */
+#define SOME_JUNK               0xd0    /* as in "Duh" :-) */
+#define SOME_FREEJUNK           0xdf
+#define MMAP(sz)        mmap(NULL, (size_t)(sz), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, \
+    MAP_ANON | MAP_PRIVATE, -1, (off_t) 0)
+#define MMAPA(a,sz)     mmap((a), (size_t)(sz), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, \
+    MAP_ANON | MAP_PRIVATE, -1, (off_t) 0)
+#define MQUERY(a, sz)   mquery((a), (size_t)(sz), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE, \
+    MAP_ANON | MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, -1, (off_t)0)
+struct region_info {
+        void *p;                /* page; low bits used to mark chunks */
+        uintptr_t size;         /* size for pages, or chunk_info pointer */
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+        void *f;                /* where allocated from */
+#endif
+};
+LIST_HEAD(chunk_head, chunk_info);
+struct dir_info {
+        u_int32_t canary1;
+        struct region_info *r;          /* region slots */
+        size_t regions_total;           /* number of region slots */
+        size_t regions_free;            /* number of free slots */
+                                        /* lists of free chunk info structs */
+        struct chunk_head chunk_info_list[MALLOC_MAXSHIFT + 1];
+                                        /* lists of chunks with free slots */
+        struct chunk_head chunk_dir[MALLOC_MAXSHIFT + 1];
+        size_t free_regions_size;       /* free pages cached */
+                                        /* free pages cache */
+        struct region_info free_regions[MALLOC_MAXCACHE];
+                                        /* delayed free chunk slots */
+        void *delayed_chunks[MALLOC_DELAYED_CHUNKS + 1];
+        u_short chunk_start;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+        size_t inserts;
+        size_t insert_collisions;
+        size_t finds;
+        size_t find_collisions;
+        size_t deletes;
+        size_t delete_moves;
+        size_t cheap_realloc_tries;
+        size_t cheap_reallocs;
+#define STATS_INC(x) ((x)++)
+#define STATS_ZERO(x) ((x) = 0)
+#define STATS_SETF(x,y) ((x)->f = (y))
+#else
+#define STATS_INC(x)    /* nothing */
+#define STATS_ZERO(x)   /* nothing */
+#define STATS_SETF(x,y) /* nothing */
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+        u_int32_t canary2;
+};
+#define DIR_INFO_RSZ    ((sizeof(struct dir_info) + MALLOC_PAGEMASK) & \
+                        ~MALLOC_PAGEMASK)
+/*
+ * This structure describes a page worth of chunks.
+ *
+ * How many bits per u_short in the bitmap
+ */
+#define MALLOC_BITS             (NBBY * sizeof(u_short))
+struct chunk_info {
+        LIST_ENTRY(chunk_info) entries;
+        void *page;                     /* pointer to the page */
+        u_int32_t canary;
+        u_short size;                   /* size of this page's chunks */
+        u_short shift;                  /* how far to shift for this size */
+        u_short free;                   /* how many free chunks */
+        u_short total;                  /* how many chunk */
+                                        /* which chunks are free */
+        u_short bits[1];
+};
+struct malloc_readonly {
+        struct dir_info *g_pool;        /* Main bookkeeping information */
+        int     malloc_abort;           /* abort() on error */
+        int     malloc_freenow;         /* Free quickly - disable chunk rnd */
+        int     malloc_freeunmap;       /* mprotect free pages PROT_NONE? */
+        int     malloc_hint;            /* call madvice on free pages?  */
+        int     malloc_junk;            /* junk fill? */
+        int     malloc_move;            /* move allocations to end of page? */
+        int     malloc_realloc;         /* always realloc? */
+        int     malloc_xmalloc;         /* xmalloc behaviour? */
+        int     malloc_zero;            /* zero fill? */
+        size_t  malloc_guard;           /* use guard pages after allocations? */
+        u_int   malloc_cache;           /* free pages we cache */
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+        int     malloc_stats;           /* dump statistics at end */
+#endif
+        u_int32_t malloc_canary;        /* Matched against ones in g_pool */
+};
+/* This object is mapped PROT_READ after initialisation to prevent tampering */
+static union {
+        struct malloc_readonly mopts;
+        u_char _pad[MALLOC_PAGESIZE];
+} malloc_readonly __attribute__((aligned(MALLOC_PAGESIZE)));
+#define mopts   malloc_readonly.mopts
+#define g_pool  mopts.g_pool
+char            *malloc_options;        /* compile-time options */
+static char     *malloc_func;           /* current function */
+static int      malloc_active;          /* status of malloc */
+static size_t   malloc_guarded;         /* bytes used for guards */
+static size_t   malloc_used;            /* bytes allocated */
+static size_t rnibblesused;             /* random nibbles used */
+static u_char rbytes[512];              /* random bytes */
+static u_char getrnibble(void);
+extern char     *__progname;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+void malloc_dump(int);
+static void malloc_exit(void);
+#define CALLER  __builtin_return_address(0)
+#else
+#define CALLER  NULL
+#endif
+/* low bits of r->p determine size: 0 means >= page size and p->size holding
+ *  real size, otherwise r->size is a shift count, or 1 for malloc(0)
+ */
+#define REALSIZE(sz, r)                                         \
+        (sz) = (uintptr_t)(r)->p & MALLOC_PAGEMASK,             \
+        (sz) = ((sz) == 0 ? (r)->size : ((sz) == 1 ? 0 : (1 << ((sz)-1))))
+static inline size_t
+hash(void *p)
+{
+        size_t sum;
+        union {
+                uintptr_t p;
+                unsigned short a[sizeof(void *) / sizeof(short)];
+        } u;
+        u.p = (uintptr_t)p >> MALLOC_PAGESHIFT;
+        sum = u.a[0];
+        sum = (sum << 7) - sum + u.a[1];
+#ifdef __LP64__
+        sum = (sum << 7) - sum + u.a[2];
+        sum = (sum << 7) - sum + u.a[3];
+#endif
+        return sum;
+}
+static void
+wrterror(char *msg, void *p)
+{
+        char            *q = " error: ";
+        struct iovec    iov[7];
+        char            pidbuf[20];
+        char            buf[20];
+        int             saved_errno = errno;
+        iov[0].iov_base = __progname;
+        iov[0].iov_len = strlen(__progname);
+        iov[1].iov_base = pidbuf;
+        snprintf(pidbuf, sizeof(pidbuf), "(%d)", getpid());
+        iov[1].iov_len = strlen(pidbuf);
+        iov[2].iov_base = malloc_func;
+        iov[2].iov_len = strlen(malloc_func);
+        iov[3].iov_base = q;
+        iov[3].iov_len = strlen(q);
+        iov[4].iov_base = msg;
+        iov[4].iov_len = strlen(msg);
+        iov[5].iov_base = buf;
+        if (p == NULL)
+                iov[5].iov_len = 0;
+        else {
+                snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), " %p", p);
+                iov[5].iov_len = strlen(buf);
+        }
+        iov[6].iov_base = "\n";
+        iov[6].iov_len = 1;
+        writev(STDERR_FILENO, iov, 7);
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+        if (mopts.malloc_stats)
+                malloc_dump(STDERR_FILENO);
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+        errno = saved_errno;
+        if (mopts.malloc_abort)
+                abort();
+}
+static void
+rbytes_init(void)
+{
+        arc4random_buf(rbytes, sizeof(rbytes));
+        rnibblesused = 0;
+}
+static inline u_char
+getrnibble(void)
+{
+        u_char x;
+        if (rnibblesused >= 2 * sizeof(rbytes))
+                rbytes_init();
+        x = rbytes[rnibblesused++ / 2];
+        return (rnibblesused & 1 ? x & 0xf : x >> 4);
+}
+/*
+ * Cache maintenance. We keep at most malloc_cache pages cached.
+ * If the cache is becoming full, unmap pages in the cache for real,
+ * and then add the region to the cache
+ * Opposed to the regular region data structure, the sizes in the
+ * cache are in MALLOC_PAGESIZE units.
+ */
+static void
+unmap(struct dir_info *d, void *p, size_t sz)
+{
+        size_t psz = sz >> MALLOC_PAGESHIFT;
+        size_t rsz, tounmap;
+        struct region_info *r;
+        u_int i, offset;
+        if (sz != PAGEROUND(sz)) {
+                wrterror("munmap round", NULL);
+                return;
+        }
+        if (psz > mopts.malloc_cache) {
+                if (munmap(p, sz))
+                        wrterror("munmap", p);
+                malloc_used -= sz;
+                return;
+        }
+        tounmap = 0;
+        rsz = mopts.malloc_cache - d->free_regions_size;
+        if (psz > rsz)
+                tounmap = psz - rsz;
+        offset = getrnibble() + (getrnibble() << 4);
+        for (i = 0; tounmap > 0 && i < mopts.malloc_cache; i++) {
+                r = &d->free_regions[(i + offset) & (mopts.malloc_cache - 1)];
+                if (r->p != NULL) {
+                        rsz = r->size << MALLOC_PAGESHIFT;
+                        if (munmap(r->p, rsz))
+                                wrterror("munmap", r->p);
+                        r->p = NULL;
+                        if (tounmap > r->size)
+                                tounmap -= r->size;
+                        else
+                                tounmap = 0;
+                        d->free_regions_size -= r->size;
+                        r->size = 0;
+                        malloc_used -= rsz;
+                }
+        }
+        if (tounmap > 0)
+                wrterror("malloc cache underflow", NULL);
+        for (i = 0; i < mopts.malloc_cache; i++) {
+                r = &d->free_regions[(i + offset) & (mopts.malloc_cache - 1)];
+                if (r->p == NULL) {
+                        if (mopts.malloc_hint)
+                                madvise(p, sz, MADV_FREE);
+                        if (mopts.malloc_freeunmap)
+                                mprotect(p, sz, PROT_NONE);
+                        r->p = p;
+                        r->size = psz;
+                        d->free_regions_size += psz;
+                        break;
+                }
+        }
+        if (i == mopts.malloc_cache)
+                wrterror("malloc free slot lost", NULL);
+        if (d->free_regions_size > mopts.malloc_cache)
+                wrterror("malloc cache overflow", NULL);
+}
+static void
+zapcacheregion(struct dir_info *d, void *p, size_t len)
+{
+        u_int i;
+        struct region_info *r;
+        size_t rsz;
+        for (i = 0; i < mopts.malloc_cache; i++) {
+                r = &d->free_regions[i];
+                if (r->p >= p && r->p <= (void *)((char *)p + len)) {
+                        rsz = r->size << MALLOC_PAGESHIFT;
+                        if (munmap(r->p, rsz))
+                                wrterror("munmap", r->p);
+                        r->p = NULL;
+                        d->free_regions_size -= r->size;
+                        r->size = 0;
+                        malloc_used -= rsz;
+                }
+        }
+}
+static void *
+map(struct dir_info *d, size_t sz, int zero_fill)
+{
+        size_t psz = sz >> MALLOC_PAGESHIFT;
+        struct region_info *r, *big = NULL;
+        u_int i, offset;
+        void *p;
+        if (mopts.malloc_canary != (d->canary1 ^ (u_int32_t)(uintptr_t)d) ||
+            d->canary1 != ~d->canary2)
+                wrterror("internal struct corrupt", NULL);
+        if (sz != PAGEROUND(sz)) {
+                wrterror("map round", NULL);
+                return MAP_FAILED;
+        }
+        if (psz > d->free_regions_size) {
+                p = MMAP(sz);
+                if (p != MAP_FAILED)
+                        malloc_used += sz;
+                /* zero fill not needed */
+                return p;
+        }
+        offset = getrnibble() + (getrnibble() << 4);
+        for (i = 0; i < mopts.malloc_cache; i++) {
+                r = &d->free_regions[(i + offset) & (mopts.malloc_cache - 1)];
+                if (r->p != NULL) {
+                        if (r->size == psz) {
+                                p = r->p;
+                                if (mopts.malloc_freeunmap)
+                                        mprotect(p, sz, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE);
+                                if (mopts.malloc_hint)
+                                        madvise(p, sz, MADV_NORMAL);
+                                r->p = NULL;
+                                r->size = 0;
+                                d->free_regions_size -= psz;
+                                if (zero_fill)
+                                        memset(p, 0, sz);
+                                else if (mopts.malloc_junk &&
+                                    mopts.malloc_freeunmap)
+                                        memset(p, SOME_FREEJUNK, sz);
+                                return p;
+                        } else if (r->size > psz)
+                                big = r;
+                }
+        }
+        if (big != NULL) {
+                r = big;
+                p = (char *)r->p + ((r->size - psz) << MALLOC_PAGESHIFT);
+                if (mopts.malloc_freeunmap)
+                        mprotect(p, sz, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE);
+                if (mopts.malloc_hint)
+                        madvise(p, sz, MADV_NORMAL);
+                r->size -= psz;
+                d->free_regions_size -= psz;
+                if (zero_fill)
+                        memset(p, 0, sz);
+                else if (mopts.malloc_junk && mopts.malloc_freeunmap)
+                        memset(p, SOME_FREEJUNK, sz);
+                return p;
+        }
+        p = MMAP(sz);
+        if (p != MAP_FAILED)
+                malloc_used += sz;
+        if (d->free_regions_size > mopts.malloc_cache)
+                wrterror("malloc cache", NULL);
+        /* zero fill not needed */
+        return p;
+}
+/*
+ * Initialize a dir_info, which should have been cleared by caller
+ */
+static int
+omalloc_init(struct dir_info **dp)
+{
+        char *p, b[64];
+        int i, j;
+        size_t d_avail, regioninfo_size;
+        struct dir_info *d;
+        rbytes_init();
+        /*
+         * Default options
+         */
+        mopts.malloc_abort = 1;
+        mopts.malloc_move = 1;
+        mopts.malloc_cache = MALLOC_DEFAULT_CACHE;
+        for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+                switch (i) {
+                case 0:
+                        j = readlink("/etc/malloc.conf", b, sizeof b - 1);
+                        if (j <= 0)
+                                continue;
+                        b[j] = '\0';
+                        p = b;
+                        break;
+                case 1:
+                        if (issetugid() == 0)
+                                p = getenv("MALLOC_OPTIONS");
+                        else
+                                continue;
+                        break;
+                case 2:
+                        p = malloc_options;
+                        break;
+                default:
+                        p = NULL;
+                }
+                for (; p != NULL && *p != '\0'; p++) {
+                        switch (*p) {
+                        case '>':
+                                mopts.malloc_cache <<= 1;
+                                if (mopts.malloc_cache > MALLOC_MAXCACHE)
+                                        mopts.malloc_cache = MALLOC_MAXCACHE;
+                                break;
+                        case '<':
+                                mopts.malloc_cache >>= 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 'a':
+                                mopts.malloc_abort = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'A':
+                                mopts.malloc_abort = 1;
+                                break;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+                        case 'd':
+                                mopts.malloc_stats = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'D':
+                                mopts.malloc_stats = 1;
+                                break;
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+                        case 'f':
+                                mopts.malloc_freenow = 0;
+                                mopts.malloc_freeunmap = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'F':
+                                mopts.malloc_freenow = 1;
+                                mopts.malloc_freeunmap = 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 'g':
+                                mopts.malloc_guard = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'G':
+                                mopts.malloc_guard = MALLOC_PAGESIZE;
+                                break;
+                        case 'h':
+                                mopts.malloc_hint = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'H':
+                                mopts.malloc_hint = 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 'j':
+                                mopts.malloc_junk = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'J':
+                                mopts.malloc_junk = 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 'n':
+                        case 'N':
+                                break;
+                        case 'p':
+                                mopts.malloc_move = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'P':
+                                mopts.malloc_move = 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 'r':
+                                mopts.malloc_realloc = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'R':
+                                mopts.malloc_realloc = 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 's':
+                                mopts.malloc_freeunmap = mopts.malloc_junk = 0;
+                                mopts.malloc_guard = 0;
+                                mopts.malloc_cache = MALLOC_DEFAULT_CACHE;
+                                break;
+                        case 'S':
+                                mopts.malloc_freeunmap = mopts.malloc_junk = 1;
+                                mopts.malloc_guard = MALLOC_PAGESIZE;
+                                mopts.malloc_cache = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'u':
+                                mopts.malloc_freeunmap = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'U':
+                                mopts.malloc_freeunmap = 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 'x':
+                                mopts.malloc_xmalloc = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'X':
+                                mopts.malloc_xmalloc = 1;
+                                break;
+                        case 'z':
+                                mopts.malloc_zero = 0;
+                                break;
+                        case 'Z':
+                                mopts.malloc_zero = 1;
+                                break;
+                        default: {
+                                static const char q[] = "malloc() warning: "
+                                    "unknown char in MALLOC_OPTIONS\n";
+                                write(STDERR_FILENO, q, sizeof(q) - 1);
+                                break;
+                        }
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        /*
+         * We want junk in the entire allocation, and zero only in the part
+         * the user asked for.
+         */
+        if (mopts.malloc_zero)
+                mopts.malloc_junk = 1;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+        if (mopts.malloc_stats && (atexit(malloc_exit) == -1)) {
+                static const char q[] = "malloc() warning: atexit(2) failed."
+                    " Will not be able to dump stats on exit\n";
+                write(STDERR_FILENO, q, sizeof(q) - 1);
+        }
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
+        while ((mopts.malloc_canary = arc4random()) == 0)
+                ;
+        /*
+         * Allocate dir_info with a guard page on either side. Also
+         * randomise offset inside the page at which the dir_info
+         * lies (subject to alignment by 1 << MALLOC_MINSHIFT)
+         */
+        if ((p = MMAP(DIR_INFO_RSZ + (MALLOC_PAGESIZE * 2))) == MAP_FAILED)
+                return -1;
+        mprotect(p, MALLOC_PAGESIZE, PROT_NONE);
+        mprotect(p + MALLOC_PAGESIZE + DIR_INFO_RSZ,
+            MALLOC_PAGESIZE, PROT_NONE);
+        d_avail = (DIR_INFO_RSZ - sizeof(*d)) >> MALLOC_MINSHIFT;
+        d = (struct dir_info *)(p + MALLOC_PAGESIZE +
+            (arc4random_uniform(d_avail) << MALLOC_MINSHIFT));
+        d->regions_free = d->regions_total = MALLOC_INITIAL_REGIONS;
+        regioninfo_size = d->regions_total * sizeof(struct region_info);
+        d->r = MMAP(regioninfo_size);
+        if (d->r == MAP_FAILED) {
+                wrterror("malloc init mmap failed", NULL);
+                d->regions_total = 0;
+                return 1;
+        }
+        for (i = 0; i <= MALLOC_MAXSHIFT; i++) {
+                LIST_INIT(&d->chunk_info_list[i]);
+                LIST_INIT(&d->chunk_dir[i]);
+        }
+        malloc_used += regioninfo_size;
+        d->canary1 = mopts.malloc_canary ^ (u_int32_t)(uintptr_t)d;
+        d->canary2 = ~d->canary1;
+        *dp = d;
+        /*
+         * Options have been set and will never be reset.
+         * Prevent further tampering with them.
+         */
+        if (((uintptr_t)&malloc_readonly & MALLOC_PAGEMASK) == 0)
+                mprotect(&malloc_readonly, sizeof(malloc_readonly), PROT_READ);
+        return 0;
+}
+static int
+omalloc_grow(struct dir_info *d)
+{
+        size_t newtotal;
+        size_t newsize;
+        size_t mask;
+        size_t i;
+        struct region_info *p;
+        if (d->regions_total > SIZE_MAX / sizeof(struct region_info) / 2 )
+                return 1;
+        newtotal = d->regions_total * 2;
+        newsize = newtotal * sizeof(struct region_info);
+        mask = newtotal - 1;
+        p = MMAP(newsize);
+        if (p == MAP_FAILED)
+                return 1;
+        
+        malloc_used += newsize;
+        memset(p, 0, newsize);
+        STATS_ZERO(d->inserts);
+        STATS_ZERO(d->insert_collisions);
+        for (i = 0; i < d->regions_total; i++) { 
+                void *q = d->r[i].p;
+                if (q != NULL) {
+                        size_t index = hash(q) & mask;
+                        STATS_INC(d->inserts);
+                        while (p[index].p != NULL) {
+                                index = (index - 1) & mask;
+                                STATS_INC(d->insert_collisions);
+                        }
+                        p[index] = d->r[i];
+                }
+        }
+        /* avoid pages containing meta info to end up in cache */
+        if (munmap(d->r, d->regions_total * sizeof(struct region_info))) 
+                wrterror("munmap", d->r);
+        else
+                malloc_used -= d->regions_total * sizeof(struct region_info);
+        d->regions_free = d->regions_free + d->regions_total;
+        d->regions_total = newtotal;
+        d->r = p;
+        return 0;
+}
+static struct chunk_info *
+alloc_chunk_info(struct dir_info *d, int bits)
+{
+        struct chunk_info *p;
+        size_t size, count;
+        if (bits == 0)
+                count = MALLOC_PAGESIZE / MALLOC_MINSIZE;
+        else
+                count = MALLOC_PAGESIZE >> bits;
+        size = howmany(count, MALLOC_BITS);
+        size = sizeof(struct chunk_info) + (size - 1) * sizeof(u_short);
+        size = ALIGN(size);
+        if (LIST_EMPTY(&d->chunk_info_list[bits])) {
+                char *q;
+                int i;
+                q = MMAP(MALLOC_PAGESIZE);
+                if (q == MAP_FAILED)
+                        return NULL;
+                malloc_used += MALLOC_PAGESIZE;
+                count = MALLOC_PAGESIZE / size;
+                for (i = 0; i < count; i++, q += size)
+                        LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&d->chunk_info_list[bits],
+                            (struct chunk_info *)q, entries);
+        }
+        p = LIST_FIRST(&d->chunk_info_list[bits]);
+        LIST_REMOVE(p, entries);
+        memset(p, 0, size);
+        p->canary = d->canary1;
+        return p;
+}
+/* 
+ * The hashtable uses the assumption that p is never NULL. This holds since
+ * non-MAP_FIXED mappings with hint 0 start at BRKSIZ.
+ */
+static int
+insert(struct dir_info *d, void *p, size_t sz, void *f)
+{
+        size_t index;
+        size_t mask;
+        void *q;
+        if (d->regions_free * 4 < d->regions_total) {
+                if (omalloc_grow(d))
+                        return 1;
+        }
+        mask = d->regions_total - 1;
+        index = hash(p) & mask;
+        q = d->r[index].p;
+        STATS_INC(d->inserts);
+        while (q != NULL) {
+                index = (index - 1) & mask;
+                q = d->r[index].p;
+                STATS_INC(d->insert_collisions);
+        }
+        d->r[index].p = p;
+        d->r[index].size = sz;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+        d->r[index].f = f;
+#endif
+        d->regions_free--;
+        return 0;
+}
+static struct region_info *
+find(struct dir_info *d, void *p)
+{
+        size_t index;
+        size_t mask = d->regions_total - 1;
+        void *q, *r;
+        if (mopts.malloc_canary != (d->canary1 ^ (u_int32_t)(uintptr_t)d) ||
+            d->canary1 != ~d->canary2)
+                wrterror("internal struct corrupt", NULL);
+        p = MASK_POINTER(p);
+        index = hash(p) & mask;
+        r = d->r[index].p;
+        q = MASK_POINTER(r);
+        STATS_INC(d->finds);
+        while (q != p && r != NULL) {
+                index = (index - 1) & mask;
+                r = d->r[index].p;
+                q = MASK_POINTER(r);
+                STATS_INC(d->find_collisions);
+        }
+        return (q == p && r != NULL) ? &d->r[index] : NULL;
+}
+static void
+delete(struct dir_info *d, struct region_info *ri)
+{
+        /* algorithm R, Knuth Vol III section 6.4 */
+        size_t mask = d->regions_total - 1;
+        size_t i, j, r;
+        if (d->regions_total & (d->regions_total - 1))
+                wrterror("regions_total not 2^x", NULL);
+        d->regions_free++;
+        STATS_INC(g_pool->deletes);
+        i = ri - d->r;
+        for (;;) {
+                d->r[i].p = NULL;
+                d->r[i].size = 0;
+                j = i;
+                for (;;) {
+                        i = (i - 1) & mask;
+                        if (d->r[i].p == NULL)
+                                return;
+                        r = hash(d->r[i].p) & mask;
+                        if ((i <= r && r < j) || (r < j && j < i) ||
+                            (j < i && i <= r))
+                                continue;
+                        d->r[j] = d->r[i];
+                        STATS_INC(g_pool->delete_moves);
+                        break;
+                }
+        }
+}
+ 
+/*
+ * Allocate a page of chunks
+ */
+static struct chunk_info *
+omalloc_make_chunks(struct dir_info *d, int bits)
+{
+        struct chunk_info *bp;
+        void            *pp;
+        int             i, k;
+        /* Allocate a new bucket */
+        pp = map(d, MALLOC_PAGESIZE, 0);
+        if (pp == MAP_FAILED)
+                return NULL;
+        bp = alloc_chunk_info(d, bits);
+        if (bp == NULL) {
+                unmap(d, pp, MALLOC_PAGESIZE);
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        /* memory protect the page allocated in the malloc(0) case */
+        if (bits == 0) {
+                bp->size = 0;
+                bp->shift = 1;
+                i = MALLOC_MINSIZE - 1;
+                while (i >>= 1)
+                        bp->shift++;
+                bp->total = bp->free = MALLOC_PAGESIZE >> bp->shift;
+                bp->page = pp;
+                k = mprotect(pp, MALLOC_PAGESIZE, PROT_NONE);
+                if (k < 0) {
+                        unmap(d, pp, MALLOC_PAGESIZE);
+                        LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&d->chunk_info_list[0], bp, entries);
+                        return NULL;
+                }
+        } else {
+                bp->size = 1U << bits;
+                bp->shift = bits;
+                bp->total = bp->free = MALLOC_PAGESIZE >> bits;
+                bp->page = pp;
+        }
+        /* set all valid bits in the bitmap */
+        k = bp->total;
+        i = 0;
+        /* Do a bunch at a time */
+        for (; (k - i) >= MALLOC_BITS; i += MALLOC_BITS)
+                bp->bits[i / MALLOC_BITS] = (u_short)~0U;
+        for (; i < k; i++)
+                bp->bits[i / MALLOC_BITS] |= (u_short)1U << (i % MALLOC_BITS);
+        LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&d->chunk_dir[bits], bp, entries);
+        bits++;
+        if ((uintptr_t)pp & bits)
+                wrterror("pp & bits", pp);
+        insert(d, (void *)((uintptr_t)pp | bits), (uintptr_t)bp, NULL);
+        return bp;
+}
+/*
+ * Allocate a chunk
+ */
+static void *
+malloc_bytes(struct dir_info *d, size_t size, void *f)
+{
+        int             i, j;
+        size_t          k;
+        u_short         u, *lp;
+        struct chunk_info *bp;
+        if (mopts.malloc_canary != (d->canary1 ^ (u_int32_t)(uintptr_t)d) ||
+            d->canary1 != ~d->canary2)
+                wrterror("internal struct corrupt", NULL);
+        /* Don't bother with anything less than this */
+        /* unless we have a malloc(0) requests */
+        if (size != 0 && size < MALLOC_MINSIZE)
+                size = MALLOC_MINSIZE;
+        /* Find the right bucket */
+        if (size == 0)
+                j = 0;
+        else {
+                j = MALLOC_MINSHIFT;
+                i = (size - 1) >> (MALLOC_MINSHIFT - 1);
+                while (i >>= 1)
+                        j++;
+        }
+        /* If it's empty, make a page more of that size chunks */
+        if (LIST_EMPTY(&d->chunk_dir[j])) {
+                bp = omalloc_make_chunks(d, j);
+                if (bp == NULL)
+                        return NULL;
+        } else
+                bp = LIST_FIRST(&d->chunk_dir[j]);
+        if (bp->canary != d->canary1)
+                wrterror("chunk info corrupted", NULL);
+        i = d->chunk_start;
+        if (bp->free > 1)
+                i += getrnibble();
+        if (i >= bp->total)
+                i &= bp->total - 1;
+        for (;;) {
+                for (;;) {
+                        lp = &bp->bits[i / MALLOC_BITS];
+                        if (!*lp) {
+                                i += MALLOC_BITS;
+                                i &= ~(MALLOC_BITS - 1); 
+                                if (i >= bp->total)
+                                        i = 0;
+                        } else
+                                break;
+                }
+                k = i % MALLOC_BITS;
+                u = 1 << k;
+                if (*lp & u)
+                        break;
+                if (++i >= bp->total)
+                        i = 0;
+        }
+        d->chunk_start += i + 1;
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+        if (i == 0) {
+                struct region_info *r = find(d, bp->page);
+                r->f = f;
+        }
+#endif
+        *lp ^= u;
+        /* If there are no more free, remove from free-list */
+        if (!--bp->free)
+                LIST_REMOVE(bp, entries);
+        /* Adjust to the real offset of that chunk */
+        k += (lp - bp->bits) * MALLOC_BITS;
+        k <<= bp->shift;
+        if (mopts.malloc_junk && bp->size > 0)
+                memset((char *)bp->page + k, SOME_JUNK, bp->size);
+        return ((char *)bp->page + k);
+}
+/*
+ * Free a chunk, and possibly the page it's on, if the page becomes empty.
+ */
+static void
+free_bytes(struct dir_info *d, struct region_info *r, void *ptr)
+{
+        struct chunk_head *mp;
+        struct chunk_info *info;
+        int i;
+        info = (struct chunk_info *)r->size;
+        if (info->canary != d->canary1)
+                wrterror("chunk info corrupted", NULL);
+        /* Find the chunk number on the page */
+        i = ((uintptr_t)ptr & MALLOC_PAGEMASK) >> info->shift;
+        if ((uintptr_t)ptr & ((1U << (info->shift)) - 1)) {
+                wrterror("modified chunk-pointer", ptr);
+                return;
+        }
+        if (info->bits[i / MALLOC_BITS] & (1U << (i % MALLOC_BITS))) {
+                wrterror("chunk is already free", ptr);
+                return;
+        }
+        info->bits[i / MALLOC_BITS] |= 1U << (i % MALLOC_BITS);
+        info->free++;
+        if (info->size != 0)
+                mp = d->chunk_dir + info->shift;
+        else
+                mp = d->chunk_dir;
+        if (info->free == 1) {
+                /* Page became non-full */
+                LIST_INSERT_HEAD(mp, info, entries);
+                return;
+        }
+        if (info->free != info->total)
+                return;
+        LIST_REMOVE(info, entries);
+        if (info->size == 0 && !mopts.malloc_freeunmap)
+                mprotect(info->page, MALLOC_PAGESIZE, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE);
+        unmap(d, info->page, MALLOC_PAGESIZE);
+        delete(d, r);
+        if (info->size != 0)
+                mp = &d->chunk_info_list[info->shift];
+        else
+                mp = &d->chunk_info_list[0];
+        LIST_INSERT_HEAD(mp, info, entries);
+}
+static void *
+omalloc(size_t sz, int zero_fill, void *f)
+{
+        void *p;
+        size_t psz;
+        if (sz > MALLOC_MAXCHUNK) {
+                if (sz >= SIZE_MAX - mopts.malloc_guard - MALLOC_PAGESIZE) {
+                        errno = ENOMEM;
+                        return NULL;
+                }
+                sz += mopts.malloc_guard;
+                psz = PAGEROUND(sz);
+                p = map(g_pool, psz, zero_fill);
+                if (p == MAP_FAILED) {
+                        errno = ENOMEM;
+                        return NULL;
+                }
+                if (insert(g_pool, p, sz, f)) {
+                        unmap(g_pool, p, psz);
+                        errno = ENOMEM;
+                        return NULL;
+                }
+                if (mopts.malloc_guard) {
+                        if (mprotect((char *)p + psz - mopts.malloc_guard,
+                            mopts.malloc_guard, PROT_NONE))
+                                wrterror("mprotect", NULL);
+                        malloc_guarded += mopts.malloc_guard;
+                }
+                if (mopts.malloc_move &&
+                    sz - mopts.malloc_guard < MALLOC_PAGESIZE -
+                    MALLOC_LEEWAY) {
+                        /* fill whole allocation */
+                        if (mopts.malloc_junk)
+                                memset(p, SOME_JUNK, psz - mopts.malloc_guard);
+                        /* shift towards the end */
+                        p = ((char *)p) + ((MALLOC_PAGESIZE - MALLOC_LEEWAY -
+                            (sz - mopts.malloc_guard)) & ~(MALLOC_MINSIZE-1));
+                        /* fill zeros if needed and overwritten above */
+                        if (zero_fill && mopts.malloc_junk)
+                                memset(p, 0, sz - mopts.malloc_guard);
+                } else {
+                        if (mopts.malloc_junk) {
+                                if (zero_fill)
+                                        memset((char *)p + sz - mopts.malloc_guard,
+                                            SOME_JUNK, psz - sz);
+                                else
+                                        memset(p, SOME_JUNK,
+                                            psz - mopts.malloc_guard);
+                        }
+                }
+        } else {
+                /* takes care of SOME_JUNK */
+                p = malloc_bytes(g_pool, sz, f);
+                if (zero_fill && p != NULL && sz > 0)
+                        memset(p, 0, sz);
+        }
+        return p;
+}
+/*
+ * Common function for handling recursion.  Only
+ * print the error message once, to avoid making the problem
+ * potentially worse.
+ */
+static void  
+malloc_recurse(void)
+{
+        static int noprint;
+        if (noprint == 0) {
+                noprint = 1;
+                wrterror("recursive call", NULL);
+        }
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        errno = EDEADLK;
+}
+static int
+malloc_init(void)
+{
+        if (omalloc_init(&g_pool)) {
+                _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+                if (mopts.malloc_xmalloc)
+                        wrterror("out of memory", NULL);
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return -1;
+        }
+        return 0;
+}
+void *
+malloc(size_t size)
+{
+        void *r;
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        _MALLOC_LOCK();
+        malloc_func = " in malloc():";
+        if (g_pool == NULL) {
+                if (malloc_init() != 0)
+                        return NULL;
+        }
+        if (malloc_active++) {
+                malloc_recurse();
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        r = omalloc(size, mopts.malloc_zero, CALLER);
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        if (r == NULL && mopts.malloc_xmalloc) {
+                wrterror("out of memory", NULL);
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+        }
+        if (r != NULL)
+                errno = saved_errno;
+        return r;
+}
+static void
+ofree(void *p)
+{
+        struct region_info *r;
+        size_t sz;
+        r = find(g_pool, p);
+        if (r == NULL) {
+                wrterror("bogus pointer (double free?)", p);
+                return;
+        }
+        REALSIZE(sz, r);
+        if (sz > MALLOC_MAXCHUNK) {
+                if (sz - mopts.malloc_guard >= MALLOC_PAGESIZE -
+                    MALLOC_LEEWAY) {
+                        if (r->p != p) {
+                                wrterror("bogus pointer", p);
+                                return;
+                        }
+                } else {
+#if notyetbecause_of_realloc
+                        /* shifted towards the end */
+                        if (p != ((char *)r->p) + ((MALLOC_PAGESIZE -
+                            MALLOC_MINSIZE - sz - mopts.malloc_guard) &
+                            ~(MALLOC_MINSIZE-1))) {
+                        }
+#endif
+                        p = r->p;
+                }
+                if (mopts.malloc_guard) {
+                        if (sz < mopts.malloc_guard)
+                                wrterror("guard size", NULL);
+                        if (!mopts.malloc_freeunmap) {
+                                if (mprotect((char *)p + PAGEROUND(sz) -
+                                    mopts.malloc_guard, mopts.malloc_guard,
+                                    PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE))
+                                        wrterror("mprotect", NULL);
+                        }
+                        malloc_guarded -= mopts.malloc_guard;
+                }
+                if (mopts.malloc_junk && !mopts.malloc_freeunmap)
+                        memset(p, SOME_FREEJUNK,
+                            PAGEROUND(sz) - mopts.malloc_guard);
+                unmap(g_pool, p, PAGEROUND(sz));
+                delete(g_pool, r);
+        } else {
+                void *tmp;
+                int i;
+                if (mopts.malloc_junk && sz > 0)
+                        memset(p, SOME_FREEJUNK, sz);
+                if (!mopts.malloc_freenow) {
+                        i = getrnibble();
+                        tmp = p;
+                        p = g_pool->delayed_chunks[i];
+                        g_pool->delayed_chunks[i] = tmp;
+                }
+                if (p != NULL) {
+                        r = find(g_pool, p);
+                        if (r == NULL) {
+                                wrterror("bogus pointer (double free?)", p);
+                                return;
+                        }
+                        free_bytes(g_pool, r, p);
+                }
+        }
+}
+void
+free(void *ptr)
+{
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        /* This is legal. */
+        if (ptr == NULL)
+                return;
+        _MALLOC_LOCK();
+        malloc_func = " in free():";  
+        if (g_pool == NULL) {
+                _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+                wrterror("free() called before allocation", NULL);
+                return;
+        }
+        if (malloc_active++) {
+                malloc_recurse();
+                return;
+        }
+        ofree(ptr);
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        errno = saved_errno;
+}
+static void *
+orealloc(void *p, size_t newsz, void *f)
+{
+        struct region_info *r;
+        size_t oldsz, goldsz, gnewsz;
+        void *q;
+        if (p == NULL)
+                return omalloc(newsz, 0, f);
+        r = find(g_pool, p);
+        if (r == NULL) {
+                wrterror("bogus pointer (double free?)", p);
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        if (newsz >= SIZE_MAX - mopts.malloc_guard - MALLOC_PAGESIZE) {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        REALSIZE(oldsz, r);
+        goldsz = oldsz;
+        if (oldsz > MALLOC_MAXCHUNK) {
+                if (oldsz < mopts.malloc_guard)
+                        wrterror("guard size", NULL);
+                oldsz -= mopts.malloc_guard;
+        }
+        gnewsz = newsz;
+        if (gnewsz > MALLOC_MAXCHUNK)
+                gnewsz += mopts.malloc_guard;
+        if (newsz > MALLOC_MAXCHUNK && oldsz > MALLOC_MAXCHUNK && p == r->p &&
+            !mopts.malloc_realloc) {
+                size_t roldsz = PAGEROUND(goldsz);
+                size_t rnewsz = PAGEROUND(gnewsz);
+                if (rnewsz > roldsz) {
+                        if (!mopts.malloc_guard) {
+                                void *hint = (char *)p + roldsz;
+                                size_t needed = rnewsz - roldsz;
+                                STATS_INC(g_pool->cheap_realloc_tries);
+                                zapcacheregion(g_pool, hint, needed);
+                                q = MQUERY(hint, needed);
+                                if (q == hint)
+                                        q = MMAPA(hint, needed);
+                                else
+                                        q = MAP_FAILED;
+                                if (q == hint) {
+                                        malloc_used += needed;
+                                        if (mopts.malloc_junk)
+                                                memset(q, SOME_JUNK, needed);
+                                        r->size = newsz;
+                                        STATS_SETF(r, f);
+                                        STATS_INC(g_pool->cheap_reallocs);
+                                        return p;
+                                } else if (q != MAP_FAILED) {
+                                        if (munmap(q, needed))
+                                                wrterror("munmap", q);
+                                }
+                        }
+                } else if (rnewsz < roldsz) {
+                        if (mopts.malloc_guard) {
+                                if (mprotect((char *)p + roldsz -
+                                    mopts.malloc_guard, mopts.malloc_guard,
+                                    PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE))
+                                        wrterror("mprotect", NULL);
+                                if (mprotect((char *)p + rnewsz -
+                                    mopts.malloc_guard, mopts.malloc_guard,
+                                    PROT_NONE))
+                                        wrterror("mprotect", NULL);
+                        }
+                        unmap(g_pool, (char *)p + rnewsz, roldsz - rnewsz);
+                        r->size = gnewsz;
+                        STATS_SETF(r, f);
+                        return p;
+                } else {
+                        if (newsz > oldsz && mopts.malloc_junk)
+                                memset((char *)p + newsz, SOME_JUNK,
+                                    rnewsz - mopts.malloc_guard - newsz);
+                        r->size = gnewsz;
+                        STATS_SETF(r, f);
+                        return p;
+                }
+        }
+        if (newsz <= oldsz && newsz > oldsz / 2 && !mopts.malloc_realloc) {
+                if (mopts.malloc_junk && newsz > 0)
+                        memset((char *)p + newsz, SOME_JUNK, oldsz - newsz);
+                STATS_SETF(r, f);
+                return p;
+        } else if (newsz != oldsz || mopts.malloc_realloc) {
+                q = omalloc(newsz, 0, f);
+                if (q == NULL)
+                        return NULL;
+                if (newsz != 0 && oldsz != 0)
+                        memcpy(q, p, oldsz < newsz ? oldsz : newsz);
+                ofree(p);
+                return q;
+        } else {
+                STATS_SETF(r, f);
+                return p;
+        }
+}
+void *
+realloc(void *ptr, size_t size)
+{
+        void *r;
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+  
+        _MALLOC_LOCK();
+        malloc_func = " in realloc():";  
+        if (g_pool == NULL) {
+                if (malloc_init() != 0)
+                        return NULL;
+        }
+        if (malloc_active++) {
+                malloc_recurse();
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        r = orealloc(ptr, size, CALLER);
+  
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        if (r == NULL && mopts.malloc_xmalloc) {
+                wrterror("out of memory", NULL);
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+        }
+        if (r != NULL)
+                errno = saved_errno;
+        return r;
+}
+#define MUL_NO_OVERFLOW (1UL << (sizeof(size_t) * 4))
+void *
+calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+        void *r;
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        _MALLOC_LOCK();
+        malloc_func = " in calloc():";  
+        if (g_pool == NULL) {
+                if (malloc_init() != 0)
+                        return NULL;
+        }
+        if ((nmemb >= MUL_NO_OVERFLOW || size >= MUL_NO_OVERFLOW) &&
+            nmemb > 0 && SIZE_MAX / nmemb < size) {
+                _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+                if (mopts.malloc_xmalloc)
+                        wrterror("out of memory", NULL);
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        if (malloc_active++) {
+                malloc_recurse();
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        size *= nmemb;
+        r = omalloc(size, 1, CALLER);
+  
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        if (r == NULL && mopts.malloc_xmalloc) {
+                wrterror("out of memory", NULL);
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+        }
+        if (r != NULL)
+                errno = saved_errno;
+        return r;
+}
+static void *
+mapalign(struct dir_info *d, size_t alignment, size_t sz, int zero_fill)
+{
+        char *p, *q;
+        if (alignment < MALLOC_PAGESIZE || ((alignment - 1) & alignment) != 0) {
+                wrterror("mapalign bad alignment", NULL);
+                return MAP_FAILED;
+        }
+        if (sz != PAGEROUND(sz)) {
+                wrterror("mapalign round", NULL);
+                return MAP_FAILED;
+        }
+        /* Allocate sz + alignment bytes of memory, which must include a
+         * subrange of size bytes that is properly aligned.  Unmap the
+         * other bytes, and then return that subrange.
+         */
+        /* We need sz + alignment to fit into a size_t. */
+        if (alignment > SIZE_MAX - sz)
+                return MAP_FAILED;
+        p = map(d, sz + alignment, zero_fill);
+        if (p == MAP_FAILED)
+                return MAP_FAILED;
+        q = (char *)(((uintptr_t)p + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1));
+        if (q != p) {
+                if (munmap(p, q - p))
+                        wrterror("munmap", p);
+        }
+        if (munmap(q + sz, alignment - (q - p)))
+                wrterror("munmap", q + sz);
+        malloc_used -= alignment;
+        return q;
+}
+static void *
+omemalign(size_t alignment, size_t sz, int zero_fill, void *f)
+{
+        size_t psz;
+        void *p;
+        if (alignment <= MALLOC_PAGESIZE) {
+                /*
+                 * max(size, alignment) is enough to assure the requested alignment,
+                 * since the allocator always allocates power-of-two blocks.
+                 */
+                if (sz < alignment)
+                        sz = alignment;
+                return omalloc(sz, zero_fill, f);
+        }
+        if (sz >= SIZE_MAX - mopts.malloc_guard - MALLOC_PAGESIZE) {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        sz += mopts.malloc_guard;
+        psz = PAGEROUND(sz);
+        p = mapalign(g_pool, alignment, psz, zero_fill);
+        if (p == NULL) {
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        if (insert(g_pool, p, sz, f)) {
+                unmap(g_pool, p, psz);
+                errno = ENOMEM;
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        if (mopts.malloc_guard) {
+                if (mprotect((char *)p + psz - mopts.malloc_guard,
+                    mopts.malloc_guard, PROT_NONE))
+                        wrterror("mprotect", NULL);
+                malloc_guarded += mopts.malloc_guard;
+        }
+        if (mopts.malloc_junk) {
+                if (zero_fill)
+                        memset((char *)p + sz - mopts.malloc_guard,
+                            SOME_JUNK, psz - sz);
+                else
+                        memset(p, SOME_JUNK, psz - mopts.malloc_guard);
+        }
+        return p;
+}
+int
+posix_memalign(void **memptr, size_t alignment, size_t size)
+{
+        int res, saved_errno = errno;
+        void *r;
+        /* Make sure that alignment is a large enough power of 2. */
+        if (((alignment - 1) & alignment) != 0 || alignment < sizeof(void *))
+                return EINVAL;
+        _MALLOC_LOCK();
+        malloc_func = " in posix_memalign():";
+        if (g_pool == NULL) {
+                if (malloc_init() != 0)
+                        goto err;
+        }
+        if (malloc_active++) {
+                malloc_recurse();
+                goto err;
+        }
+        r = omemalign(alignment, size, mopts.malloc_zero, CALLER);
+        malloc_active--;
+        _MALLOC_UNLOCK();
+        if (r == NULL) {
+                if (mopts.malloc_xmalloc) {
+                        wrterror("out of memory", NULL);
+                        errno = ENOMEM;
+                }
+                goto err;
+        }
+        errno = saved_errno;
+        *memptr = r;
+        return 0;
+err:
+        res = errno;
+        errno = saved_errno;
+        return res;
+}
+#ifdef MALLOC_STATS
+struct malloc_leak {
+        void (*f)();
+        size_t total_size;
+        int count;
+};
+struct leaknode {
+        RB_ENTRY(leaknode) entry;
+        struct malloc_leak d;
+};
+static int
+leakcmp(struct leaknode *e1, struct leaknode *e2)
+{
+        return e1->d.f < e2->d.f ? -1 : e1->d.f > e2->d.f;
+}
+static RB_HEAD(leaktree, leaknode) leakhead;
+RB_GENERATE_STATIC(leaktree, leaknode, entry, leakcmp)
+static void
+putleakinfo(void *f, size_t sz, int cnt)
+{
+        struct leaknode key, *p;
+        static struct leaknode *page;
+        static int used;
+        if (cnt == 0)
+                return;
+        key.d.f = f;
+        p = RB_FIND(leaktree, &leakhead, &key);
+        if (p == NULL) {
+                if (page == NULL ||
+                    used >= MALLOC_PAGESIZE / sizeof(struct leaknode)) {
+                        page = MMAP(MALLOC_PAGESIZE);
+                        if (page == MAP_FAILED)
+                                return;
+                        used = 0;
+                }
+                p = &page[used++];
+                p->d.f = f;
+                p->d.total_size = sz * cnt;
+                p->d.count = cnt;
+                RB_INSERT(leaktree, &leakhead, p);
+        } else {
+                p->d.total_size += sz * cnt;
+                p->d.count += cnt;
+        }
+}
+static struct malloc_leak *malloc_leaks;
+static void
+dump_leaks(int fd)
+{
+        struct leaknode *p;
+        char buf[64];
+        int i = 0;
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Leak report\n");
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "           f     sum      #    avg\n");
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        /* XXX only one page of summary */
+        if (malloc_leaks == NULL)
+                malloc_leaks = MMAP(MALLOC_PAGESIZE);
+        if (malloc_leaks != MAP_FAILED)
+                memset(malloc_leaks, 0, MALLOC_PAGESIZE);
+        RB_FOREACH(p, leaktree, &leakhead) {
+                snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%12p %7zu %6u %6zu\n", p->d.f,
+                    p->d.total_size, p->d.count, p->d.total_size / p->d.count);
+                write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                if (malloc_leaks == MAP_FAILED ||
+                    i >= MALLOC_PAGESIZE / sizeof(struct malloc_leak))
+                        continue;
+                malloc_leaks[i].f = p->d.f;
+                malloc_leaks[i].total_size = p->d.total_size;
+                malloc_leaks[i].count = p->d.count;
+                i++;
+        }
+}
+static void
+dump_chunk(int fd, struct chunk_info *p, void *f, int fromfreelist)
+{
+        char buf[64];
+        while (p != NULL) {
+                snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "chunk %12p %12p %4d %d/%d\n",
+                    p->page, ((p->bits[0] & 1) ? NULL : f),
+                    p->size, p->free, p->total);
+                write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                if (!fromfreelist) {
+                        if (p->bits[0] & 1) 
+                                putleakinfo(NULL, p->size, p->total - p->free);
+                        else {
+                                putleakinfo(f, p->size, 1);
+                                putleakinfo(NULL, p->size,
+                                    p->total - p->free - 1);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                }
+                p = LIST_NEXT(p, entries);
+                if (p != NULL) {
+                        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "        ");
+                        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                }
+        }
+}
+static void
+dump_free_chunk_info(int fd, struct dir_info *d)
+{
+        char buf[64];
+        int i, count;
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Free chunk structs:\n");
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        for (i = 0; i <= MALLOC_MAXSHIFT; i++) {
+                struct chunk_info *p;
+                count = 0;
+                LIST_FOREACH(p, &d->chunk_info_list[i], entries)
+                        count++;
+                p = LIST_FIRST(&d->chunk_dir[i]);
+                if (p == NULL && count == 0)
+                        continue;
+                snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%2d) %3d ", i, count);
+                write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                if (p != NULL)
+                        dump_chunk(fd, p, NULL, 1);
+                else
+                        write(fd, "\n", 1);
+        }
+}
+static void
+dump_free_page_info(int fd, struct dir_info *d)
+{
+        char buf[64];
+        int i;
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Free pages cached: %zu\n",
+            d->free_regions_size);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        for (i = 0; i < mopts.malloc_cache; i++) {
+                if (d->free_regions[i].p != NULL) {
+                        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%2d) ", i);
+                        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "free at %p: %zu\n",
+                            d->free_regions[i].p, d->free_regions[i].size);
+                        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                }
+        }
+}
+static void
+malloc_dump1(int fd, struct dir_info *d)
+{
+        char buf[64];
+        size_t i, realsize;
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Malloc dir of %s at %p\n", __progname, d);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        if (d == NULL)
+                return;
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Region slots free %zu/%zu\n",
+                d->regions_free, d->regions_total);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Finds %zu/%zu\n", d->finds,
+            d->find_collisions);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Inserts %zu/%zu\n", d->inserts,
+            d->insert_collisions);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Deletes %zu/%zu\n", d->deletes,
+             d->delete_moves);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Cheap reallocs %zu/%zu\n",
+            d->cheap_reallocs, d->cheap_realloc_tries);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        dump_free_chunk_info(fd, d);
+        dump_free_page_info(fd, d);
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+            "slot)  hash d  type         page            f size [free/n]\n");
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        for (i = 0; i < d->regions_total; i++) {
+                if (d->r[i].p != NULL) {
+                        size_t h = hash(d->r[i].p) &
+                            (d->regions_total - 1);
+                        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%4zx) #%4zx %zd ",
+                            i, h, h - i);
+                        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                        REALSIZE(realsize, &d->r[i]);
+                        if (realsize > MALLOC_MAXCHUNK) {
+                                putleakinfo(d->r[i].f, realsize, 1);
+                                snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+                                    "pages %12p %12p %zu\n", d->r[i].p, 
+                                    d->r[i].f, realsize);
+                                write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+                        } else
+                                dump_chunk(fd,
+                                    (struct chunk_info *)d->r[i].size, 
+                                    d->r[i].f, 0);
+                }
+        }
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "In use %zu\n", malloc_used);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Guarded %zu\n", malloc_guarded);
+        write(fd, buf, strlen(buf));
+        dump_leaks(fd);
+        write(fd, "\n", 1);
+}
+void
+malloc_dump(int fd)
+{
+        int i;
+        void *p;
+        struct region_info *r;
+        int saved_errno = errno;
+        for (i = 0; i <= MALLOC_DELAYED_CHUNKS; i++) {
+                p = g_pool->delayed_chunks[i];
+                if (p == NULL)
+                        continue;
+                r = find(g_pool, p);
+                if (r == NULL) 
+                        wrterror("bogus pointer in malloc_dump", p);
+                free_bytes(g_pool, r, p);
+                g_pool->delayed_chunks[i] = NULL;
+        }
+        /* XXX leak when run multiple times */
+        RB_INIT(&leakhead);
+        malloc_dump1(fd, g_pool);
+        errno = saved_errno;
+}
+static void
+malloc_exit(void)
+{
+        static const char q[] = "malloc() warning: Couldn't dump stats\n";
+        int save_errno = errno, fd;
+        fd = open("malloc.out", O_RDWR|O_APPEND);
+        if (fd != -1) {
+                malloc_dump(fd);
+                close(fd);
+        } else
+                write(STDERR_FILENO, q, sizeof(q) - 1);
+        errno = save_errno;
+}
+#endif /* MALLOC_STATS */
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/merge.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/merge.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43ef8b08e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/merge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: merge.c,v 1.9 2011/03/06 00:55:38 deraadt Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+/*
+ * Hybrid exponential search/linear search merge sort with hybrid
+ * natural/pairwise first pass.  Requires about .3% more comparisons
+ * for random data than LSMS with pairwise first pass alone.
+ * It works for objects as small as two bytes.
+ */
+#define NATURAL
+#define THRESHOLD 16    /* Best choice for natural merge cut-off. */
+/* #define NATURAL to get hybrid natural merge.
+ * (The default is pairwise merging.)
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+static void setup(u_char *, u_char *, size_t, size_t, int (*)());
+static void insertionsort(u_char *, size_t, size_t, int (*)());
+#define ISIZE sizeof(int)
+#define PSIZE sizeof(u_char *)
+#define ICOPY_LIST(src, dst, last)                              \
+        do                                                      \
+        *(int*)dst = *(int*)src, src += ISIZE, dst += ISIZE;    \
+        while(src < last)
+#define ICOPY_ELT(src, dst, i)                                  \
+        do                                                      \
+        *(int*) dst = *(int*) src, src += ISIZE, dst += ISIZE;  \
+        while (i -= ISIZE)
+#define CCOPY_LIST(src, dst, last)              \
+        do                                      \
+                *dst++ = *src++;                \
+        while (src < last)
+#define CCOPY_ELT(src, dst, i)                  \
+        do                                      \
+                *dst++ = *src++;                \
+        while (i -= 1)
+                
+/*
+ * Find the next possible pointer head.  (Trickery for forcing an array
+ * to do double duty as a linked list when objects do not align with word
+ * boundaries.
+ */
+/* Assumption: PSIZE is a power of 2. */
+#define EVAL(p) (u_char **)                                             \
+        ((u_char *)0 +                                                  \
+            (((u_char *)p + PSIZE - 1 - (u_char *) 0) & ~(PSIZE - 1)))
+/*
+ * Arguments are as for qsort.
+ */
+int
+mergesort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
+    int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+        int i, sense;
+        int big, iflag;
+        u_char *f1, *f2, *t, *b, *tp2, *q, *l1, *l2;
+        u_char *list2, *list1, *p2, *p, *last, **p1;
+        if (size < PSIZE / 2) {         /* Pointers must fit into 2 * size. */
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return (-1);
+        }
+        /*
+         * XXX
+         * Stupid subtraction for the Cray.
+         */
+        iflag = 0;
+        if (!(size % ISIZE) && !(((char *)base - (char *)0) % ISIZE))
+                iflag = 1;
+        if ((list2 = malloc(nmemb * size + PSIZE)) == NULL)
+                return (-1);
+        list1 = base;
+        setup(list1, list2, nmemb, size, cmp);
+        last = list2 + nmemb * size;
+        i = big = 0;
+        while (*EVAL(list2) != last) {
+            l2 = list1;
+            p1 = EVAL(list1);
+            for (tp2 = p2 = list2; p2 != last; p1 = EVAL(l2)) {
+                p2 = *EVAL(p2);
+                f1 = l2;
+                f2 = l1 = list1 + (p2 - list2);
+                if (p2 != last)
+                        p2 = *EVAL(p2);
+                l2 = list1 + (p2 - list2);
+                while (f1 < l1 && f2 < l2) {
+                        if ((*cmp)(f1, f2) <= 0) {
+                                q = f2;
+                                b = f1, t = l1;
+                                sense = -1;
+                        } else {
+                                q = f1;
+                                b = f2, t = l2;
+                                sense = 0;
+                        }
+                        if (!big) {     /* here i = 0 */
+                                while ((b += size) < t && cmp(q, b) >sense)
+                                        if (++i == 6) {
+                                                big = 1;
+                                                goto EXPONENTIAL;
+                                        }
+                        } else {
+EXPONENTIAL:                    for (i = size; ; i <<= 1)
+                                        if ((p = (b + i)) >= t) {
+                                                if ((p = t - size) > b &&
+                                                    (*cmp)(q, p) <= sense)
+                                                        t = p;
+                                                else
+                                                        b = p;
+                                                break;
+                                        } else if ((*cmp)(q, p) <= sense) {
+                                                t = p;
+                                                if (i == size)
+                                                        big = 0; 
+                                                goto FASTCASE;
+                                        } else
+                                                b = p;
+                                while (t > b+size) {
+                                        i = (((t - b) / size) >> 1) * size;
+                                        if ((*cmp)(q, p = b + i) <= sense)
+                                                t = p;
+                                        else
+                                                b = p;
+                                }
+                                goto COPY;
+FASTCASE:                       while (i > size)
+                                        if ((*cmp)(q,
+                                                p = b + (i >>= 1)) <= sense)
+                                                t = p;
+                                        else
+                                                b = p;
+COPY:                           b = t;
+                        }
+                        i = size;
+                        if (q == f1) {
+                                if (iflag) {
+                                        ICOPY_LIST(f2, tp2, b);
+                                        ICOPY_ELT(f1, tp2, i);
+                                } else {
+                                        CCOPY_LIST(f2, tp2, b);
+                                        CCOPY_ELT(f1, tp2, i);
+                                }
+                        } else {
+                                if (iflag) {
+                                        ICOPY_LIST(f1, tp2, b);
+                                        ICOPY_ELT(f2, tp2, i);
+                                } else {
+                                        CCOPY_LIST(f1, tp2, b);
+                                        CCOPY_ELT(f2, tp2, i);
+                                }
+                        }
+                }
+                if (f2 < l2) {
+                        if (iflag)
+                                ICOPY_LIST(f2, tp2, l2);
+                        else
+                                CCOPY_LIST(f2, tp2, l2);
+                } else if (f1 < l1) {
+                        if (iflag)
+                                ICOPY_LIST(f1, tp2, l1);
+                        else
+                                CCOPY_LIST(f1, tp2, l1);
+                }
+                *p1 = l2;
+            }
+            tp2 = list1;        /* swap list1, list2 */
+            list1 = list2;
+            list2 = tp2;
+            last = list2 + nmemb*size;
+        }
+        if (base == list2) {
+                memmove(list2, list1, nmemb*size);
+                list2 = list1;
+        }
+        free(list2);
+        return (0);
+}
+#define swap(a, b) {                                    \
+                s = b;                                  \
+                i = size;                               \
+                do {                                    \
+                        tmp = *a; *a++ = *s; *s++ = tmp; \
+                } while (--i);                          \
+                a -= size;                              \
+        }
+#define reverse(bot, top) {                             \
+        s = top;                                        \
+        do {                                            \
+                i = size;                               \
+                do {                                    \
+                        tmp = *bot; *bot++ = *s; *s++ = tmp; \
+                } while (--i);                          \
+                s -= size2;                             \
+        } while(bot < s);                               \
+}
+/*
+ * Optional hybrid natural/pairwise first pass.  Eats up list1 in runs of
+ * increasing order, list2 in a corresponding linked list.  Checks for runs
+ * when THRESHOLD/2 pairs compare with same sense.  (Only used when NATURAL
+ * is defined.  Otherwise simple pairwise merging is used.)
+ */
+void
+setup(u_char *list1, u_char *list2, size_t n, size_t size,
+    int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+        int i, length, size2, sense;
+        u_char tmp, *f1, *f2, *s, *l2, *last, *p2;
+        size2 = size*2;
+        if (n <= 5) {
+                insertionsort(list1, n, size, cmp);
+                *EVAL(list2) = (u_char*) list2 + n*size;
+                return;
+        }
+        /*
+         * Avoid running pointers out of bounds; limit n to evens
+         * for simplicity.
+         */
+        i = 4 + (n & 1);
+        insertionsort(list1 + (n - i) * size, i, size, cmp);
+        last = list1 + size * (n - i);
+        *EVAL(list2 + (last - list1)) = list2 + n * size;
+#ifdef NATURAL
+        p2 = list2;
+        f1 = list1;
+        sense = (cmp(f1, f1 + size) > 0);
+        for (; f1 < last; sense = !sense) {
+                length = 2;
+                                        /* Find pairs with same sense. */
+                for (f2 = f1 + size2; f2 < last; f2 += size2) {
+                        if ((cmp(f2, f2+ size) > 0) != sense)
+                                break;
+                        length += 2;
+                }
+                if (length < THRESHOLD) {               /* Pairwise merge */
+                        do {
+                                p2 = *EVAL(p2) = f1 + size2 - list1 + list2;
+                                if (sense > 0)
+                                        swap (f1, f1 + size);
+                        } while ((f1 += size2) < f2);
+                } else {                                /* Natural merge */
+                        l2 = f2;
+                        for (f2 = f1 + size2; f2 < l2; f2 += size2) {
+                                if ((cmp(f2-size, f2) > 0) != sense) {
+                                        p2 = *EVAL(p2) = f2 - list1 + list2;
+                                        if (sense > 0)
+                                                reverse(f1, f2-size);
+                                        f1 = f2;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if (sense > 0)
+                                reverse (f1, f2-size);
+                        f1 = f2;
+                        if (f2 < last || cmp(f2 - size, f2) > 0)
+                                p2 = *EVAL(p2) = f2 - list1 + list2;
+                        else
+                                p2 = *EVAL(p2) = list2 + n*size;
+                }
+        }
+#else           /* pairwise merge only. */
+        for (f1 = list1, p2 = list2; f1 < last; f1 += size2) {
+                p2 = *EVAL(p2) = p2 + size2;
+                if (cmp (f1, f1 + size) > 0)
+                        swap(f1, f1 + size);
+        }
+#endif /* NATURAL */
+}
+/*
+ * This is to avoid out-of-bounds addresses in sorting the
+ * last 4 elements.
+ */
+static void
+insertionsort(u_char *a, size_t n, size_t size,
+    int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+        u_char *ai, *s, *t, *u, tmp;
+        int i;
+        for (ai = a+size; --n >= 1; ai += size)
+                for (t = ai; t > a; t -= size) {
+                        u = t - size;
+                        if (cmp(u, t) <= 0)
+                                break;
+                        swap(u, t);
+                }
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/mrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/mrand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..977264aba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/mrand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: mrand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
+long
+mrand48(void)
+{
+        __dorand48(__rand48_seed);
+        return ((long) __rand48_seed[2] << 16) + (long) __rand48_seed[1];
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/nrand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/nrand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1f548c3af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/nrand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: nrand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+long
+nrand48(unsigned short xseed[3])
+{
+        __dorand48(xseed);
+        return ((long) xseed[2] << 15) + ((long) xseed[1] >> 1);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_memalign.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_memalign.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..05ec1b9d14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_memalign.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: posix_memalign.3,v 1.3 2012/06/18 17:03:52 matthew Exp $
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Jason Evans <jasone@FreeBSD.org>.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as
+.\"    the first lines of this file unmodified other than the possible
+.\"    addition of one or more copyright notices.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+.\"    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+.\"    distribution.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+.\" PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE
+.\" LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+.\" CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+.\" SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
+.\" BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
+.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
+.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_memalign.3,v 1.3 2007/03/28 04:32:51 jasone Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 18 2012 $
+.Dt POSIX_MEMALIGN 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm posix_memalign
+.Nd aligned memory allocation
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn posix_memalign "void **ptr" "size_t alignment" "size_t size"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn posix_memalign
+function allocates
+.Fa size
+bytes of memory such that the allocation's base address is a multiple of
+.Fa alignment ,
+and returns the allocation in the value pointed to by
+.Fa ptr .
+.Pp
+The requested
+.Fa alignment
+must be a power of 2 at least as large as
+.Fn sizeof "void *" .
+.Pp
+Memory that is allocated via
+.Fn posix_memalign
+can be used as an argument in subsequent calls to
+.Xr realloc 3
+and
+.Xr free 3 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn posix_memalign
+function returns the value 0 if successful; otherwise it returns an error value.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn posix_memalign
+function will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa alignment
+parameter is not a power of 2 at least as large as
+.Fn sizeof "void *" .
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Memory allocation error.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr free 3 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr realloc 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn posix_memalign
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn posix_memalign
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 4.8 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_openpt.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_openpt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..376772bb07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_openpt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: posix_openpt.3,v 1.3 2012/12/05 06:40:59 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 5 2012 $
+.Dt POSIX_OPENPT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm posix_openpt
+.Nd open a pseudo-terminal device
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.In fcntl.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn posix_openpt "int oflag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn posix_openpt
+function finds the next available pseudo-terminal and returns an open
+file descriptor for its master device.
+The path name of the slave device may be determined via the
+.Fn ptsname
+function.
+Note that the
+.Fn unlockpt
+and
+.Fn grantpt
+functions should be called before opening the slave device.
+.Pp
+The
+.Ar oflag
+argument is formed by bitwise-inclusive
+.Tn OR Ns 'ing
+the following values defined in
+.In fcntl.h :
+.Bl -tag -width O_NOCTTY -offset indent
+.It Dv O_RDWR
+Open for reading and writing.
+.It Dv O_NOCTTY
+Prevent the device from being made the controlling terminal for the session.
+This flag has no effect on
+.Ox
+and is included for compatibility with other systems.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv O_RDWR
+flag must be specified in
+.Fa oflag .
+If
+.Fa oflag
+contains values other than those listed above,
+.Fn posix_openpt
+will return an error.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful,
+.Fn posix_openpt
+returns a non-negative integer, the file descriptor for the
+pseudo-terminal master device.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn posix_openpt
+function will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+The per-process descriptor table is full.
+.It Bq Er ENFILE
+The system file table is full.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of
+.Fa oflag
+is not valid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ptsname 3 ,
+.Xr pty 4 ,
+.Xr tty 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn posix_openpt
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2001 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn posix_openpt
+function appeared in
+.Ox 5.3 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_pty.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_pty.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2025ddbb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/posix_pty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: posix_pty.c,v 1.1 2012/12/03 20:08:33 millert Exp $   */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/tty.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+int
+posix_openpt(int oflag)
+{
+        struct ptmget ptm;
+        int fd, mfd = -1;
+        /* User must specify O_RDWR in oflag. */
+        if (!(oflag & O_RDWR)) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return -1;
+        }
+        /* Get pty master and slave (this API only uses the master). */
+        fd = open(PATH_PTMDEV, O_RDWR);
+        if (fd != -1) {
+                if (ioctl(fd, PTMGET, &ptm) != -1) {
+                        close(ptm.sfd);
+                        mfd = ptm.cfd;
+                }
+                close(fd);
+        }
+        return mfd;
+}
+/*
+ * Look up the name of the specified pty master fd.
+ * Note that the name returned does *not* include the /dev/ prefix.
+ * Returns the name on success and NULL on error, setting errno.
+ */
+static const char *
+ptmname(int mfd)
+{
+        struct stat sb;
+        const char *name;
+        /* Make sure it is a pty master. */
+        if (fstat(mfd, &sb) != 0)
+                return NULL;
+        if (!S_ISCHR(sb.st_mode)) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        name = devname(sb.st_rdev, S_IFCHR);
+        if (strncmp(name, "pty", 3) != 0) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        return name;
+}
+/*
+ * The PTMGET ioctl handles the mode and owner for us.
+ */
+int
+grantpt(int mfd)
+{
+        return ptmname(mfd) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+/*
+ * The PTMGET ioctl unlocks the pty master and slave for us.
+ */
+int
+unlockpt(int mfd)
+{
+        return ptmname(mfd) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+/*
+ * Look up the path of the slave pty that corresponds to the master fd.
+ * Returns the path if successful or NULL on error.
+ */
+char *
+ptsname(int mfd)
+{
+        const char *master;
+        static char slave[sizeof(((struct ptmget *)NULL)->sn)];
+        if ((master = ptmname(mfd)) == NULL)
+                return NULL;
+        /* Add /dev/ prefix and convert "pty" to "tty". */
+        strlcpy(slave, _PATH_DEV, sizeof(slave));
+        strlcat(slave, master, sizeof(slave));
+        slave[sizeof(_PATH_DEV) - 1] = 't';
+        return slave;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98705528f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+.\"     $OpenBSD: ptsname.3,v 1.2 2012/12/04 18:42:16 millert Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002 The FreeBSD Project, Inc.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This software includes code contributed to the FreeBSD Project
+.\" by Ryan Younce of North Carolina State University.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the FreeBSD Project nor the names of its
+.\"    contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+.\"    this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS
+.\" ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+.\" LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+.\" PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD PROJECT
+.\" OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
+.\" TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
+.\" PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
+.\" LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+.\" NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+.\" SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\" $FreeBSD: head/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3 240412 2012-09-12 17:54:09Z emaste $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: December 4 2012 $
+.Dt PTSNAME 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm grantpt ,
+.Nm ptsname ,
+.Nm unlockpt
+.Nd pseudo-terminal access functions
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn grantpt "int fildes"
+.Ft "char *"
+.Fn ptsname "int fildes"
+.Ft int
+.Fn unlockpt "int fildes"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn grantpt ,
+.Fn ptsname ,
+and
+.Fn unlockpt
+functions allow access to pseudo-terminal devices.
+These three functions accept a file descriptor that references the
+master half of a pseudo-terminal pair.
+This file descriptor is created with
+.Xr posix_openpt 3 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn grantpt
+function is used to establish ownership and permissions
+of the slave device counterpart to the master device
+specified with
+.Fa fildes .
+The slave device's ownership is set to the real user ID
+of the calling process, and the permissions are set to
+user readable-writable and group writable.
+The group owner of the slave device is also set to the
+group
+.Dq Li tty .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ptsname
+function returns the full path name of the slave device
+counterpart to the master device specified with
+.Fa fildes .
+This value can be used
+to subsequently open the appropriate slave after
+.Xr posix_openpt 3
+and
+.Fn grantpt
+have been called.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn unlockpt
+function clears the lock held on the pseudo-terminal pair
+for the master device specified with
+.Fa fildes .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Rv -std grantpt unlockpt
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ptsname
+function returns a pointer to the name
+of the slave device on success; otherwise a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn grantpt ,
+.Fn ptsname
+and
+.Fn unlockpt
+functions may fail and set
+.Va errno
+to:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fildes
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa fildes
+is not a master pseudo-terminal device.
+.El
+.Pp
+In addition, the
+.Fn grantpt
+function may set
+.Va errno
+to:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The slave pseudo-terminal device could not be accessed.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr posix_openpt 3 ,
+.Xr pty 4 ,
+.Xr tty 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn ptsname
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Pp
+This implementation of
+.Fn grantpt
+and
+.Fn unlockpt
+does not conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 ,
+because it depends on
+.Xr posix_openpt 3
+to create the pseudo-terminal device with proper permissions in place.
+It only validates whether
+.Fa fildes
+is a valid pseudo-terminal master device.
+Future revisions of the specification will likely allow this behaviour,
+as stated by the Austin Group.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn grantpt ,
+.Fn ptsname
+and
+.Fn unlockpt
+functions appeared in
+.Ox 5.3 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6703072e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: qabs.3,v 1.13 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt QABS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm qabs
+.Nd return the absolute value of a quad integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft quad_t
+.Fn qabs "quad_t j"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn qabs
+function returns the absolute value of the quad integer
+.Fa j .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr abs 3 ,
+.Xr cabs 3 ,
+.Xr floor 3 ,
+.Xr imaxabs 3 ,
+.Xr labs 3
+.Sh BUGS
+The absolute value of the most negative integer remains negative.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..656b93c822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qabs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: qabs.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+quad_t
+qabs(quad_t j)
+{
+        return(j < 0 ? -j : j);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f5275493e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: qdiv.3,v 1.10 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt QDIV 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm qdiv
+.Nd return quotient and remainder from division
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft qdiv_t
+.Fn qdiv "quad_t num" "quad_t denom"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn qdiv
+function computes the value
+.Fa num Ns / Ns Fa denom
+and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named
+.Li qdiv_t
+that contains two
+.Li quad integer
+members named
+.Fa quot
+and
+.Fa rem .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr div 3 ,
+.Xr imaxdiv 3 ,
+.Xr ldiv 3 ,
+.Xr lldiv 3
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3db0915ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qdiv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: qdiv.c,v 1.5 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>             /* qdiv_t */
+qdiv_t
+qdiv(quad_t num, quad_t denom)
+{
+        qdiv_t r;
+        /* see div.c for comments */
+        r.quot = num / denom;
+        r.rem = num % denom;
+        if (num >= 0 && r.rem < 0) {
+                r.quot++;
+                r.rem -= denom;
+        }
+        return (r);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4481a96ee4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: qsort.3,v 1.17 2013/07/17 05:42:11 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 17 2013 $
+.Dt QSORT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm qsort ,
+.Nm heapsort ,
+.Nm mergesort
+.Nd sort functions
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn qsort "void *base" "size_t nmemb" "size_t size" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft int
+.Fn heapsort "void *base" "size_t nmemb" "size_t size" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft int
+.Fn mergesort "void *base" "size_t nmemb" "size_t size" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn qsort
+function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort.
+The
+.Fn heapsort
+function is a modified selection sort.
+The
+.Fn mergesort
+function is a modified merge sort with exponential search
+intended for sorting data with pre-existing order.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn qsort
+and
+.Fn heapsort
+functions sort an array of
+.Fa nmemb
+objects, the initial member of which is pointed to by
+.Fa base .
+The size of each object is specified by
+.Fa size .
+.Fn mergesort
+behaves similarly, but
+.Em requires
+that
+.Fa size
+be greater than
+.Dq "sizeof(void *) / 2" .
+.Pp
+The contents of the array
+.Fa base
+are sorted in ascending order according to
+a comparison function pointed to by
+.Fa compar ,
+which requires two arguments pointing to the objects being
+compared.
+.Pp
+The comparison function must return an integer less than, equal to, or
+greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively
+less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
+.Pp
+The functions
+.Fn qsort
+and
+.Fn heapsort
+are
+.Em not
+stable, that is, if two members compare as equal, their order in
+the sorted array is undefined.
+The function
+.Fn mergesort
+is stable.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn qsort
+function is an implementation of C.A.R. Hoare's
+.Dq quicksort
+algorithm,
+a variant of partition-exchange sorting; in particular, see D.E. Knuth's
+Algorithm Q.
+.Fn qsort
+takes O N lg N average time.
+This implementation uses median selection to avoid its
+O N**2 worst-case behavior.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn heapsort
+function is an implementation of J.W.J. William's
+.Dq heapsort
+algorithm,
+a variant of selection sorting; in particular, see D.E. Knuth's Algorithm H.
+.Fn heapsort
+takes O N lg N worst-case time.
+This implementation of
+.Fn heapsort
+is implemented without recursive function calls.
+.Pp
+The function
+.Fn mergesort
+requires additional memory of size
+.Fa nmemb *
+.Fa size
+bytes; it should be used only when space is not at a premium.
+.Fn mergesort
+is optimized for data with pre-existing order; its worst case
+time is O N lg N; its best case is O N.
+.Pp
+Normally,
+.Fn qsort
+is faster than
+.Fn mergesort ,
+which is faster than
+.Fn heapsort .
+Memory availability and pre-existing order in the data can make this untrue.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn qsort
+function returns no value.
+.Pp
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn heapsort
+and
+.Fn mergesort
+return 0.
+Otherwise, they return \-1 and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn heapsort
+and
+.Fn mergesort
+functions succeed unless:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa size
+argument is zero, or the
+.Fa size
+argument to
+.Fn mergesort
+is less than
+.Dq "sizeof(void *) / 2" .
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+.Fn heapsort
+or
+.Fn mergesort
+were unable to allocate memory.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sort 1 ,
+.Xr radixsort 3
+.Rs
+.%A Hoare, C.A.R.
+.%D 1962
+.%T "Quicksort"
+.%J "The Computer Journal"
+.%V 5:1
+.%P pp. 10-15
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Williams, J.W.J
+.%D 1964
+.%T "Heapsort"
+.%J "Communications of the ACM"
+.%V 7:1
+.%P pp. 347\-348
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Knuth, D.E.
+.%D 1968
+.%B "The Art of Computer Programming"
+.%V Vol. 3
+.%T "Sorting and Searching"
+.%P pp. 114\-123, 145\-149
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A McIlroy, P.M.
+.%T "Optimistic Sorting and Information Theoretic Complexity"
+.%J "Fourth Annual ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms"
+.%P pp. 467\-464
+.%D January 1993
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Bentley, J.L.
+.%A McIlroy, M.D.
+.%T "Engineering a Sort Function"
+.%J "Software \- Practice and Experience"
+.%V Vol. 23(11)
+.%P pp. 1249\-1265
+.%D November 1993
+.Re
+.Sh STANDARDS
+Previous versions of
+.Fn qsort
+did not permit the comparison routine itself to call
+.Fn qsort .
+This is no longer true.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn qsort
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn qsort
+function first appeared in
+.At v3 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f28449fb5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: qsort.c,v 1.11 2010/02/08 11:04:07 otto Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+static __inline char    *med3(char *, char *, char *, int (*)(const void *, const void *));
+static __inline void     swapfunc(char *, char *, size_t, int);
+#define min(a, b)       (a) < (b) ? a : b
+/*
+ * Qsort routine from Bentley & McIlroy's "Engineering a Sort Function".
+ */
+#define swapcode(TYPE, parmi, parmj, n) {               \
+        size_t i = (n) / sizeof (TYPE);                 \
+        TYPE *pi = (TYPE *) (parmi);                    \
+        TYPE *pj = (TYPE *) (parmj);                    \
+        do {                                            \
+                TYPE    t = *pi;                        \
+                *pi++ = *pj;                            \
+                *pj++ = t;                              \
+        } while (--i > 0);                              \
+}
+#define SWAPINIT(a, es) swaptype = ((char *)a - (char *)0) % sizeof(long) || \
+        es % sizeof(long) ? 2 : es == sizeof(long)? 0 : 1;
+static __inline void
+swapfunc(char *a, char *b, size_t n, int swaptype)
+{
+        if (swaptype <= 1) 
+                swapcode(long, a, b, n)
+        else
+                swapcode(char, a, b, n)
+}
+#define swap(a, b)                                      \
+        if (swaptype == 0) {                            \
+                long t = *(long *)(a);                  \
+                *(long *)(a) = *(long *)(b);            \
+                *(long *)(b) = t;                       \
+        } else                                          \
+                swapfunc(a, b, es, swaptype)
+#define vecswap(a, b, n)        if ((n) > 0) swapfunc(a, b, n, swaptype)
+static __inline char *
+med3(char *a, char *b, char *c, int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+        return cmp(a, b) < 0 ?
+               (cmp(b, c) < 0 ? b : (cmp(a, c) < 0 ? c : a ))
+              :(cmp(b, c) > 0 ? b : (cmp(a, c) < 0 ? a : c ));
+}
+void
+qsort(void *aa, size_t n, size_t es, int (*cmp)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+        char *pa, *pb, *pc, *pd, *pl, *pm, *pn;
+        int cmp_result, swaptype, swap_cnt;
+        size_t d, r;
+        char *a = aa;
+loop:   SWAPINIT(a, es);
+        swap_cnt = 0;
+        if (n < 7) {
+                for (pm = (char *)a + es; pm < (char *) a + n * es; pm += es)
+                        for (pl = pm; pl > (char *) a && cmp(pl - es, pl) > 0;
+                             pl -= es)
+                                swap(pl, pl - es);
+                return;
+        }
+        pm = (char *)a + (n / 2) * es;
+        if (n > 7) {
+                pl = (char *)a;
+                pn = (char *)a + (n - 1) * es;
+                if (n > 40) {
+                        d = (n / 8) * es;
+                        pl = med3(pl, pl + d, pl + 2 * d, cmp);
+                        pm = med3(pm - d, pm, pm + d, cmp);
+                        pn = med3(pn - 2 * d, pn - d, pn, cmp);
+                }
+                pm = med3(pl, pm, pn, cmp);
+        }
+        swap(a, pm);
+        pa = pb = (char *)a + es;
+        pc = pd = (char *)a + (n - 1) * es;
+        for (;;) {
+                while (pb <= pc && (cmp_result = cmp(pb, a)) <= 0) {
+                        if (cmp_result == 0) {
+                                swap_cnt = 1;
+                                swap(pa, pb);
+                                pa += es;
+                        }
+                        pb += es;
+                }
+                while (pb <= pc && (cmp_result = cmp(pc, a)) >= 0) {
+                        if (cmp_result == 0) {
+                                swap_cnt = 1;
+                                swap(pc, pd);
+                                pd -= es;
+                        }
+                        pc -= es;
+                }
+                if (pb > pc)
+                        break;
+                swap(pb, pc);
+                swap_cnt = 1;
+                pb += es;
+                pc -= es;
+        }
+        if (swap_cnt == 0) {  /* Switch to insertion sort */
+                for (pm = (char *) a + es; pm < (char *) a + n * es; pm += es)
+                        for (pl = pm; pl > (char *) a && cmp(pl - es, pl) > 0; 
+                             pl -= es)
+                                swap(pl, pl - es);
+                return;
+        }
+        pn = (char *)a + n * es;
+        r = min(pa - (char *)a, pb - pa);
+        vecswap(a, pb - r, r);
+        r = min(pd - pc, pn - pd - es);
+        vecswap(pb, pn - r, r);
+        if ((r = pb - pa) > es)
+                qsort(a, r / es, es, cmp);
+        if ((r = pd - pc) > es) { 
+                /* Iterate rather than recurse to save stack space */
+                a = pn - r;
+                n = r / es;
+                goto loop;
+        }
+/*              qsort(pn - r, r / es, es, cmp);*/
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e62f760270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: radixsort.3,v 1.12 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt RADIXSORT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm radixsort ,
+.Nm sradixsort
+.Nd radix sort
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In limits.h
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn radixsort "const u_char **base" "int nmemb" "const u_char *table" "u_int endbyte"
+.Ft int
+.Fn sradixsort "const u_char **base" "int nmemb" "const u_char *table" "u_int endbyte"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn radixsort
+and
+.Fn sradixsort
+functions are implementations of radix sort.
+.Pp
+These functions sort an array of
+.Fa nmemb
+pointers to byte strings.
+The initial member is referenced by
+.Fa base .
+The byte strings may contain any values; the end of each string
+is denoted by the user-specified value
+.Fa endbyte .
+.Pp
+Applications may specify a sort order by providing the
+.Fa table
+argument.
+If non-null,
+.Fa table
+must reference an array of
+.Dv UCHAR_MAX
+ 1 bytes which contains the sort weight of each possible byte value.
+The end-of-string byte must have a sort weight of 0 or 255
+(for sorting in reverse order).
+More than one byte may have the same sort weight.
+The
+.Fa table
+argument is useful for applications which wish to sort different characters
+equally; for example, providing a table with the same weights
+for A\-Z as for a\-z will result in a case-insensitive sort.
+If
+.Fa table
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the contents of the array are sorted in ascending order according to the
+.Tn ASCII
+order of the byte strings they reference and
+.Fa endbyte
+has a sorting weight of 0.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sradixsort
+function is stable; that is, if two elements compare as equal, their
+order in the sorted array is unchanged.
+The
+.Fn sradixsort
+function uses additional memory sufficient to hold
+.Fa nmemb
+pointers.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn radixsort
+function is not stable, but uses no additional memory.
+.Pp
+These functions are variants of most-significant-byte radix sorting; in
+particular, see D.E. Knuth's Algorithm R and section 5.2.5, exercise 10.
+They take linear time relative to the number of bytes in the strings.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa endbyte
+element of
+.Fa table
+is not 0 or 255.
+.El
+.Pp
+Additionally, the
+.Fn sradixsort
+function may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.Xr malloc 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sort 1 ,
+.Xr qsort 3
+.Rs
+.%A Knuth, D.E.
+.%D 1968
+.%B "The Art of Computer Programming"
+.%T "Sorting and Searching"
+.%V Vol. 3
+.%P pp. 170-178
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A Paige, R.
+.%D 1987
+.%T "Three Partition Refinement Algorithms"
+.%J "SIAM J. Comput."
+.%V Vol. 16
+.%N No. 6
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%A McIlroy, P.
+.%D 1993
+.%B "Engineering Radix Sort"
+.%T "Computing Systems"
+.%V Vol. 6:1
+.%P pp. 5-27
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn radixsort
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..49d03b52d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: radixsort.c,v 1.9 2007/09/02 15:19:17 deraadt Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *      The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy and by Dan Bernstein at New York University, 
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+/*
+ * Radixsort routines.
+ * 
+ * Program r_sort_a() is unstable but uses O(logN) extra memory for a stack.
+ * Use radixsort(a, n, trace, endchar) for this case.
+ * 
+ * For stable sorting (using N extra pointers) use sradixsort(), which calls
+ * r_sort_b().
+ * 
+ * For a description of this code, see D. McIlroy, P. McIlroy, K. Bostic,
+ * "Engineering Radix Sort".
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+typedef struct {
+        const u_char **sa;
+        int sn, si;
+} stack;
+static __inline void simplesort
+(const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int);
+static void r_sort_a(const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int);
+static void r_sort_b(const u_char **,
+            const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int);
+#define THRESHOLD       20              /* Divert to simplesort(). */
+#define SIZE            512             /* Default stack size. */
+#define SETUP {                                                         \
+        if (tab == NULL) {                                              \
+                tr = tr0;                                               \
+                for (c = 0; c < endch; c++)                             \
+                        tr0[c] = c + 1;                                 \
+                tr0[c] = 0;                                             \
+                for (c++; c < 256; c++)                                 \
+                        tr0[c] = c;                                     \
+                endch = 0;                                              \
+        } else {                                                        \
+                endch = tab[endch];                                     \
+                tr = tab;                                               \
+                if (endch != 0 && endch != 255) {                       \
+                        errno = EINVAL;                                 \
+                        return (-1);                                    \
+                }                                                       \
+        }                                                               \
+}
+int
+radixsort(const u_char **a, int n, const u_char *tab, u_int endch)
+{
+        const u_char *tr;
+        int c;
+        u_char tr0[256];
+        SETUP;
+        r_sort_a(a, n, 0, tr, endch);
+        return (0);
+}
+int
+sradixsort(const u_char **a, int n, const u_char *tab, u_int endch)
+{
+        const u_char *tr, **ta;
+        int c;
+        u_char tr0[256];
+        SETUP;
+        if (n < THRESHOLD)
+                simplesort(a, n, 0, tr, endch);
+        else {
+                if ((ta = calloc(n, sizeof(a))) == NULL)
+                        return (-1);
+                r_sort_b(a, ta, n, 0, tr, endch);
+                free(ta);
+        }
+        return (0);
+}
+#define empty(s)        (s >= sp)
+#define pop(a, n, i)    a = (--sp)->sa, n = sp->sn, i = sp->si
+#define push(a, n, i)   sp->sa = a, sp->sn = n, (sp++)->si = i
+#define swap(a, b, t)   t = a, a = b, b = t
+/* Unstable, in-place sort. */
+void
+r_sort_a(const u_char **a, int n, int i, const u_char *tr, u_int endch)
+{
+        static int count[256], nc, bmin;
+        int c;
+        const u_char **ak, *r;
+        stack s[SIZE], *sp, *sp0, *sp1, temp;
+        int *cp, bigc;
+        const u_char **an, *t, **aj, **top[256];
+        /* Set up stack. */
+        sp = s;
+        push(a, n, i);
+        while (!empty(s)) {
+                pop(a, n, i);
+                if (n < THRESHOLD) {
+                        simplesort(a, n, i, tr, endch);
+                        continue;
+                }
+                an = a + n;
+                /* Make character histogram. */
+                if (nc == 0) {
+                        bmin = 255;     /* First occupied bin, excluding eos. */
+                        for (ak = a; ak < an;) {
+                                c = tr[(*ak++)[i]];
+                                if (++count[c] == 1 && c != endch) {
+                                        if (c < bmin)
+                                                bmin = c;
+                                        nc++;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if (sp + nc > s + SIZE) {       /* Get more stack. */
+                                r_sort_a(a, n, i, tr, endch);
+                                continue;
+                        }
+                }
+                /*
+                 * Set top[]; push incompletely sorted bins onto stack.
+                 * top[] = pointers to last out-of-place element in bins.
+                 * count[] = counts of elements in bins.
+                 * Before permuting: top[c-1] + count[c] = top[c];
+                 * during deal: top[c] counts down to top[c-1].
+                 */
+                sp0 = sp1 = sp;         /* Stack position of biggest bin. */
+                bigc = 2;               /* Size of biggest bin. */
+                if (endch == 0)         /* Special case: set top[eos]. */
+                        top[0] = ak = a + count[0];
+                else {
+                        ak = a;
+                        top[255] = an;
+                }
+                for (cp = count + bmin; nc > 0; cp++) {
+                        while (*cp == 0)        /* Find next non-empty pile. */
+                                cp++;
+                        if (*cp > 1) {
+                                if (*cp > bigc) {
+                                        bigc = *cp;
+                                        sp1 = sp;
+                                }
+                                push(ak, *cp, i+1);
+                        }
+                        top[cp-count] = ak += *cp;
+                        nc--;
+                }
+                swap(*sp0, *sp1, temp); /* Play it safe -- biggest bin last. */
+                /*
+                 * Permute misplacements home.  Already home: everything
+                 * before aj, and in bin[c], items from top[c] on.
+                 * Inner loop:
+                 *      r = next element to put in place;
+                 *      ak = top[r[i]] = location to put the next element.
+                 *      aj = bottom of 1st disordered bin.
+                 * Outer loop:
+                 *      Once the 1st disordered bin is done, ie. aj >= ak,
+                 *      aj<-aj + count[c] connects the bins in a linked list;
+                 *      reset count[c].
+                 */
+                for (aj = a; aj < an;  *aj = r, aj += count[c], count[c] = 0)
+                        for (r = *aj;  aj < (ak = --top[c = tr[r[i]]]);)
+                                swap(*ak, r, t);
+        }
+}
+/* Stable sort, requiring additional memory. */
+void
+r_sort_b(const u_char **a, const u_char **ta, int n, int i, const u_char *tr,
+    u_int endch)
+{
+        static int count[256], nc, bmin;
+        int c;
+        const u_char **ak, **ai;
+        stack s[512], *sp, *sp0, *sp1, temp;
+        const u_char **top[256];
+        int *cp, bigc;
+        sp = s;
+        push(a, n, i);
+        while (!empty(s)) {
+                pop(a, n, i);
+                if (n < THRESHOLD) {
+                        simplesort(a, n, i, tr, endch);
+                        continue;
+                }
+                if (nc == 0) {
+                        bmin = 255;
+                        for (ak = a + n; --ak >= a;) {
+                                c = tr[(*ak)[i]];
+                                if (++count[c] == 1 && c != endch) {
+                                        if (c < bmin)
+                                                bmin = c;
+                                        nc++;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        if (sp + nc > s + SIZE) {
+                                r_sort_b(a, ta, n, i, tr, endch);
+                                continue;
+                        }
+                }
+                sp0 = sp1 = sp;
+                bigc = 2;
+                if (endch == 0) {
+                        top[0] = ak = a + count[0];
+                        count[0] = 0;
+                } else {
+                        ak = a;
+                        top[255] = a + n;
+                        count[255] = 0;
+                }
+                for (cp = count + bmin; nc > 0; cp++) {
+                        while (*cp == 0)
+                                cp++;
+                        if ((c = *cp) > 1) {
+                                if (c > bigc) {
+                                        bigc = c;
+                                        sp1 = sp;
+                                }
+                                push(ak, c, i+1);
+                        }
+                        top[cp-count] = ak += c;
+                        *cp = 0;                        /* Reset count[]. */
+                        nc--;
+                }
+                swap(*sp0, *sp1, temp);
+                for (ak = ta + n, ai = a+n; ak > ta;)   /* Copy to temp. */
+                        *--ak = *--ai;
+                for (ak = ta+n; --ak >= ta;)            /* Deal to piles. */
+                        *--top[tr[(*ak)[i]]] = *ak;
+        }
+}
+                
+static __inline void
+simplesort(const u_char **a, int n, int b, const u_char *tr, u_int endch)
+    /* insertion sort */
+{
+        u_char ch;
+        const u_char  **ak, **ai, *s, *t;
+        for (ak = a+1; --n >= 1; ak++)
+                for (ai = ak; ai > a; ai--) {
+                        for (s = ai[0] + b, t = ai[-1] + b;
+                            (ch = tr[*s]) != endch; s++, t++)
+                                if (ch != tr[*t])
+                                        break;
+                        if (ch >= tr[*t])
+                                break;
+                        swap(ai[0], ai[-1], s);
+                }
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75395976f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: rand.3,v 1.15 2014/04/07 17:57:56 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: April 7 2014 $
+.Dt RAND 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm rand ,
+.Nm rand_r ,
+.Nm srand
+.Nd bad random number generator
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft void
+.Fn srand "unsigned int seed"
+.Ft int
+.Fn rand void
+.Ft int
+.Fn rand_r "unsigned int *seed"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+These interfaces are obsoleted by
+.Xr random 3 .
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn rand
+function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range
+of 0 to
+.Dv RAND_MAX
+(as defined by the header file
+.In stdlib.h ) .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn srand
+function sets its argument as the seed for a new sequence of
+pseudo-random numbers to be returned by
+.Fn rand .
+These sequences are repeatable by calling
+.Fn srand
+with the same seed value.
+.Pp
+If no seed value is provided, the functions are automatically
+seeded with a value of 1.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn rand_r
+is a thread-safe version of
+.Fn rand .
+Storage for the seed must be provided through the
+.Fa seed
+argument, and needs to have been initialized by the caller.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr arc4random 3 ,
+.Xr rand48 3 ,
+.Xr random 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn rand
+and
+.Fn srand
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn rand_r
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The functions
+.Fn rand
+and
+.Fn srand
+first appeared in
+.At v3 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6860dd4f71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+static u_int next = 1;
+int
+rand_r(u_int *seed)
+{
+        *seed = *seed * 1103515245 + 12345;
+        return (*seed % ((u_int)RAND_MAX + 1));
+}
+#if defined(APIWARN)
+__warn_references(rand_r,
+    "warning: rand_r() isn't random; consider using arc4random()");
+#endif
+int
+rand(void)
+{
+        return (rand_r(&next));
+}
+#if defined(APIWARN)
+__warn_references(rand,
+    "warning: rand() isn't random; consider using arc4random()");
+#endif
+void
+srand(u_int seed)
+{
+        next = seed;
+}
+#if defined(APIWARN)
+__warn_references(srand,
+    "warning: srand() seed choices are invariably poor");
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b7c572fb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+.\" code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+.\" following conditions are retained.
+.\"
+.\" This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+.\" of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+.\" to anyone/anything when using this software.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: rand48.3,v 1.14 2014/01/21 23:25:03 deraadt Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 21 2014 $
+.Dt RAND48 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm drand48 ,
+.Nm erand48 ,
+.Nm lrand48 ,
+.Nm nrand48 ,
+.Nm mrand48 ,
+.Nm jrand48 ,
+.Nm srand48 ,
+.Nm seed48 ,
+.Nm lcong48
+.Nd pseudo-random number generators and initialization routines
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft double
+.Fn drand48 void
+.Ft double
+.Fn erand48 "unsigned short xseed[3]"
+.Ft long
+.Fn lrand48 void
+.Ft long
+.Fn nrand48 "unsigned short xseed[3]"
+.Ft long
+.Fn mrand48 void
+.Ft long
+.Fn jrand48 "unsigned short xseed[3]"
+.Ft void
+.Fn srand48 "long seed"
+.Ft "unsigned short *"
+.Fn seed48 "unsigned short xseed[3]"
+.Ft void
+.Fn lcong48 "unsigned short p[7]"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn rand48
+family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear
+congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size.
+The particular formula employed is
+r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) mod m
+where the default values are
+for the multiplicand a = 0xfdeece66d = 25214903917 and
+the addend c = 0xb = 11.
+The modulus is always fixed at m = 2 ** 48.
+r(n) is called the seed of the random number generator.
+.Pp
+For all the six generator routines described next, the first
+computational step is to perform a single iteration of the algorithm.
+.Pp
+.Fn drand48
+and
+.Fn erand48
+return values of type double.
+The full 48 bits of r(n+1) are
+loaded into the mantissa of the returned value, with the exponent set
+such that the values produced lie in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
+.Pp
+.Fn lrand48
+and
+.Fn nrand48
+return values of type long in the range
+[0, 2**31-1].
+The high-order (31) bits of
+r(n+1) are loaded into the lower bits of the returned value, with
+the topmost (sign) bit set to zero.
+.Pp
+.Fn mrand48
+and
+.Fn jrand48
+return values of type long in the range
+[-2**31, 2**31-1].
+The high-order (32) bits of r(n+1) are loaded into the returned value.
+.Pp
+.Fn drand48 ,
+.Fn lrand48 ,
+and
+.Fn mrand48
+use an internal buffer to store r(n).
+For these functions
+the initial value of r(0) = 0x1234abcd330e = 20017429951246.
+.Pp
+On the other hand,
+.Fn erand48 ,
+.Fn nrand48 ,
+and
+.Fn jrand48
+use a user-supplied buffer to store the seed r(n),
+which consists of an array of 3 shorts, where the zeroth member
+holds the least significant bits.
+.Pp
+All functions share the same multiplicand and addend.
+.Pp
+.Fn srand48
+is used to initialize the internal buffer r(n) of
+.Fn drand48 ,
+.Fn lrand48 ,
+and
+.Fn mrand48
+such that the 32 bits of the seed value are copied into the upper 32 bits
+of r(n), with the lower 16 bits of r(n) arbitrarily being set to 0x330e.
+Additionally, the constant multiplicand and addend of the algorithm are
+reset to the default values given above.
+.Pp
+.Fn seed48
+also initializes the internal buffer r(n) of
+.Fn drand48 ,
+.Fn lrand48 ,
+and
+.Fn mrand48 ,
+but here all 48 bits of the seed can be specified in an array of 3 shorts,
+where the zeroth member specifies the lowest bits.
+Again, the constant multiplicand and addend of the algorithm are
+reset to the default values given above.
+.Fn seed48
+returns a pointer to an array of 3 shorts which contains the old seed.
+This array is statically allocated, so its contents are lost after
+each new call to
+.Fn seed48 .
+.Pp
+Finally,
+.Fn lcong48
+allows full control over the multiplicand and addend used in
+.Fn drand48 ,
+.Fn erand48 ,
+.Fn lrand48 ,
+.Fn nrand48 ,
+.Fn mrand48 ,
+and
+.Fn jrand48 ,
+and the seed used in
+.Fn drand48 ,
+.Fn lrand48 ,
+and
+.Fn mrand48 .
+An array of 7 shorts is passed as parameter; the first three shorts are
+used to initialize the seed; the second three are used to initialize the
+multiplicand; and the last short is used to initialize the addend.
+It is thus not possible to use values greater than 0xffff as the addend.
+.Pp
+Note that all three methods of seeding the random number generator
+always also set the multiplicand and addend for any of the six
+generator calls.
+.Pp
+For a more powerful random number generator, see
+.Xr arc4random 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr arc4random 3 ,
+.Xr rand 3 ,
+.Xr random 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn drand48 ,
+.Fn erand48 ,
+.Fn jrand48 ,
+.Fn lcong48 ,
+.Fn lrand48 ,
+.Fn mrand48 ,
+.Fn nrand48 ,
+.Fn seed48 ,
+and
+.Fn srand48
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+Martin Birgmeier
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.h b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..afa49f65f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/rand48.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ *
+ *      $OpenBSD: rand48.h,v 1.3 2002/02/16 21:27:24 millert Exp $
+ */
+#ifndef _RAND48_H_
+#define _RAND48_H_
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+void            __dorand48(unsigned short[3]);
+#define RAND48_SEED_0   (0x330e)
+#define RAND48_SEED_1   (0xabcd)
+#define RAND48_SEED_2   (0x1234)
+#define RAND48_MULT_0   (0xe66d)
+#define RAND48_MULT_1   (0xdeec)
+#define RAND48_MULT_2   (0x0005)
+#define RAND48_ADD      (0x000b)
+#endif /* _RAND48_H_ */
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fdb78848d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: random.3,v 1.21 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt RANDOM 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm random ,
+.Nm srandom ,
+.Nm srandomdev ,
+.Nm initstate ,
+.Nm setstate
+.Nd better random number generator; routines for changing generators
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft long
+.Fn random void
+.Ft void
+.Fn srandom "unsigned int seed"
+.Ft void
+.Fn srandomdev void
+.Ft char *
+.Fn initstate "unsigned int seed" "char *state" "size_t n"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn setstate "char *state"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn random
+function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing
+a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random
+numbers in the range from 0 to (2**31)\-1.
+The period of this random number generator is very large, approximately
+16*((2**31)\-1).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn random
+and
+.Fn srandom
+functions have (almost) the same calling sequence and initialization
+properties as
+.Xr rand 3 Ns / Ns Xr srand 3 .
+The difference is that
+.Xr rand
+produces a much less random sequence \(em in fact, the low dozen bits
+generated by rand go through a cyclic pattern.
+All the bits generated by
+.Fn random
+are usable.
+For example,
+.Sq Li random()&01
+will produce a random binary
+value.
+.Pp
+Like
+.Xr rand 3 ,
+.Fn random
+will by default produce a sequence of numbers that can be duplicated
+by calling
+.Fn srandom
+with
+.Ql 1
+as the seed.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn srandomdev
+routine initializes a state array using
+random numbers obtained from the kernel,
+suitable for cryptographic use.
+Note that this particular seeding procedure can generate
+states which are impossible to reproduce by calling
+.Fn srandom
+with any value, since the succeeding terms in the
+state buffer are no longer derived from the LC algorithm applied to
+a fixed seed.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn initstate
+routine allows a state array, passed in as an argument, to be initialized
+for future use.
+The size of the state array (in bytes) is used by
+.Fn initstate
+to decide how sophisticated a random number generator it should use \(em the
+more state, the better the random numbers will be.
+(Current "optimal" values for the amount of state information are
+8, 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes; other amounts will be rounded down to
+the nearest known amount.
+Using less than 8 bytes will cause an error.)
+The seed for the initialization (which specifies a starting point for
+the random number sequence, and provides for restarting at the same
+point) is also an argument.
+The
+.Fn initstate
+function returns a pointer to the previous state information array.
+.Pp
+Once a state has been initialized, the
+.Fn setstate
+routine provides for rapid switching between states.
+The
+.Fn setstate
+function returns a pointer to the previous state array; its
+argument state array is used for further random number generation
+until the next call to
+.Fn initstate
+or
+.Fn setstate .
+.Pp
+Once a state array has been initialized, it may be restarted at a
+different point either by calling
+.Fn initstate
+(with the desired seed, the state array, and its size) or by calling
+both
+.Fn setstate
+(with the state array) and
+.Fn srandom
+(with the desired seed).
+The advantage of calling both
+.Fn setstate
+and
+.Fn srandom
+is that the size of the state array does not have to be remembered after
+it is initialized.
+.Pp
+With 256 bytes of state information, the period of the random number
+generator is greater than 2**69
+which should be sufficient for most purposes.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If
+.Fn initstate
+is called with less than 8 bytes of state information, or if
+.Fn setstate
+detects that the state information has been garbled, error
+messages are printed on the standard error output.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr arc4random 3 ,
+.Xr drand48 3 ,
+.Xr rand 3 ,
+.Xr random 4
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn random ,
+.Fn srandom ,
+.Fn initstate ,
+and
+.Fn setstate
+functions conform to
+.St -xpg4.2 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn srandomdev
+function is an extension.
+.Sh HISTORY
+These
+functions appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Earl T. Cohen
+.Sh BUGS
+About 2/3 the speed of
+.Xr rand 3 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00edf2dca1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: random.c,v 1.19 2013/08/01 19:42:08 kettenis Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "thread_private.h"
+/*
+ * random.c:
+ *
+ * An improved random number generation package.  In addition to the standard
+ * rand()/srand() like interface, this package also has a special state info
+ * interface.  The initstate() routine is called with a seed, an array of
+ * bytes, and a count of how many bytes are being passed in; this array is
+ * then initialized to contain information for random number generation with
+ * that much state information.  Good sizes for the amount of state
+ * information are 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes.  The state can be switched by
+ * calling the setstate() routine with the same array as was initiallized
+ * with initstate().  By default, the package runs with 128 bytes of state
+ * information and generates far better random numbers than a linear
+ * congruential generator.  If the amount of state information is less than
+ * 32 bytes, a simple linear congruential R.N.G. is used.
+ *
+ * Internally, the state information is treated as an array of int32_t; the
+ * zeroeth element of the array is the type of R.N.G. being used (small
+ * integer); the remainder of the array is the state information for the
+ * R.N.G.  Thus, 32 bytes of state information will give 7 int32_ts worth of
+ * state information, which will allow a degree seven polynomial.  (Note:
+ * the zeroeth word of state information also has some other information
+ * stored in it -- see setstate() for details).
+ * 
+ * The random number generation technique is a linear feedback shift register
+ * approach, employing trinomials (since there are fewer terms to sum up that
+ * way).  In this approach, the least significant bit of all the numbers in
+ * the state table will act as a linear feedback shift register, and will
+ * have period 2^deg - 1 (where deg is the degree of the polynomial being
+ * used, assuming that the polynomial is irreducible and primitive).  The
+ * higher order bits will have longer periods, since their values are also
+ * influenced by pseudo-random carries out of the lower bits.  The total
+ * period of the generator is approximately deg*(2**deg - 1); thus doubling
+ * the amount of state information has a vast influence on the period of the
+ * generator.  Note: the deg*(2**deg - 1) is an approximation only good for
+ * large deg, when the period of the shift register is the dominant factor.
+ * With deg equal to seven, the period is actually much longer than the
+ * 7*(2**7 - 1) predicted by this formula.
+ */
+/*
+ * For each of the currently supported random number generators, we have a
+ * break value on the amount of state information (you need at least this
+ * many bytes of state info to support this random number generator), a degree
+ * for the polynomial (actually a trinomial) that the R.N.G. is based on, and
+ * the separation between the two lower order coefficients of the trinomial.
+ */
+#define TYPE_0          0               /* linear congruential */
+#define BREAK_0         8
+#define DEG_0           0
+#define SEP_0           0
+#define TYPE_1          1               /* x**7 + x**3 + 1 */
+#define BREAK_1         32
+#define DEG_1           7
+#define SEP_1           3
+#define TYPE_2          2               /* x**15 + x + 1 */
+#define BREAK_2         64
+#define DEG_2           15
+#define SEP_2           1
+#define TYPE_3          3               /* x**31 + x**3 + 1 */
+#define BREAK_3         128
+#define DEG_3           31
+#define SEP_3           3
+#define TYPE_4          4               /* x**63 + x + 1 */
+#define BREAK_4         256
+#define DEG_4           63
+#define SEP_4           1
+/*
+ * Array versions of the above information to make code run faster --
+ * relies on fact that TYPE_i == i.
+ */
+#define MAX_TYPES       5               /* max number of types above */
+static int degrees[MAX_TYPES] = { DEG_0, DEG_1, DEG_2, DEG_3, DEG_4 };
+static int seps [MAX_TYPES] =   { SEP_0, SEP_1, SEP_2, SEP_3, SEP_4 };
+/*
+ * Initially, everything is set up as if from:
+ *
+ *      initstate(1, &randtbl, 128);
+ *
+ * Note that this initialization takes advantage of the fact that srandom()
+ * advances the front and rear pointers 10*rand_deg times, and hence the
+ * rear pointer which starts at 0 will also end up at zero; thus the zeroeth
+ * element of the state information, which contains info about the current
+ * position of the rear pointer is just
+ *
+ *      MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + TYPE_3 == TYPE_3.
+ */
+static int32_t randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] = {
+        TYPE_3,
+        0x991539b1, 0x16a5bce3, 0x6774a4cd, 0x3e01511e, 0x4e508aaa, 0x61048c05, 
+        0xf5500617, 0x846b7115, 0x6a19892c, 0x896a97af, 0xdb48f936, 0x14898454, 
+        0x37ffd106, 0xb58bff9c, 0x59e17104, 0xcf918a49, 0x09378c83, 0x52c7a471, 
+        0x8d293ea9, 0x1f4fc301, 0xc3db71be, 0x39b44e1c, 0xf8a44ef9, 0x4c8b80b1, 
+        0x19edc328, 0x87bf4bdd, 0xc9b240e5, 0xe9ee4b1b, 0x4382aee7, 0x535b6b41, 
+        0xf3bec5da,
+};
+/*
+ * fptr and rptr are two pointers into the state info, a front and a rear
+ * pointer.  These two pointers are always rand_sep places aparts, as they
+ * cycle cyclically through the state information.  (Yes, this does mean we
+ * could get away with just one pointer, but the code for random() is more
+ * efficient this way).  The pointers are left positioned as they would be
+ * from the call
+ *
+ *      initstate(1, randtbl, 128);
+ *
+ * (The position of the rear pointer, rptr, is really 0 (as explained above
+ * in the initialization of randtbl) because the state table pointer is set
+ * to point to randtbl[1] (as explained below).
+ */
+static int32_t *fptr = &randtbl[SEP_3 + 1];
+static int32_t *rptr = &randtbl[1];
+/*
+ * The following things are the pointer to the state information table, the
+ * type of the current generator, the degree of the current polynomial being
+ * used, and the separation between the two pointers.  Note that for efficiency
+ * of random(), we remember the first location of the state information, not
+ * the zeroeth.  Hence it is valid to access state[-1], which is used to
+ * store the type of the R.N.G.  Also, we remember the last location, since
+ * this is more efficient than indexing every time to find the address of
+ * the last element to see if the front and rear pointers have wrapped.
+ */
+static int32_t *state = &randtbl[1];
+static int32_t *end_ptr = &randtbl[DEG_3 + 1];
+static int rand_type = TYPE_3;
+static int rand_deg = DEG_3;
+static int rand_sep = SEP_3;
+_THREAD_PRIVATE_MUTEX(random);
+static long random_l(void);
+#define LOCK() _THREAD_PRIVATE_MUTEX_LOCK(random)
+#define UNLOCK() _THREAD_PRIVATE_MUTEX_UNLOCK(random)
+/*
+ * srandom:
+ *
+ * Initialize the random number generator based on the given seed.  If the
+ * type is the trivial no-state-information type, just remember the seed.
+ * Otherwise, initializes state[] based on the given "seed" via a linear
+ * congruential generator.  Then, the pointers are set to known locations
+ * that are exactly rand_sep places apart.  Lastly, it cycles the state
+ * information a given number of times to get rid of any initial dependencies
+ * introduced by the L.C.R.N.G.  Note that the initialization of randtbl[]
+ * for default usage relies on values produced by this routine.
+ */
+static void
+srandom_l(unsigned int x)
+{
+        int i;
+        int32_t test;
+        div_t val;
+        if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+                state[0] = x;
+        else {
+                /* A seed of 0 would result in state[] always being zero. */
+                state[0] = x ? x : 1;
+                for (i = 1; i < rand_deg; i++) {
+                        /*
+                         * Implement the following, without overflowing 31 bits:
+                         *
+                         *      state[i] = (16807 * state[i - 1]) % 2147483647;
+                         *
+                         *      2^31-1 (prime) = 2147483647 = 127773*16807+2836
+                         */
+                        val = div(state[i-1], 127773);
+                        test = 16807 * val.rem - 2836 * val.quot;
+                        state[i] = test + (test < 0 ? 2147483647 : 0);
+                }
+                fptr = &state[rand_sep];
+                rptr = &state[0];
+                for (i = 0; i < 10 * rand_deg; i++)
+                        (void)random_l();
+        }
+}
+void
+srandom(unsigned int x)
+{
+        LOCK();
+        srandom_l(x);
+        UNLOCK();
+}
+#if defined(APIWARN)
+__warn_references(srandom,
+    "warning: srandom() seed choices are invariably poor");
+#endif
+/*
+ * srandomdev:
+ *
+ * Many programs choose the seed value in a totally predictable manner.
+ * This often causes problems.  We seed the generator using random
+ * data from the kernel.
+ * Note that this particular seeding procedure can generate states
+ * which are impossible to reproduce by calling srandom() with any
+ * value, since the succeeding terms in the state buffer are no longer
+ * derived from the LC algorithm applied to a fixed seed.
+ */
+void
+srandomdev(void)
+{
+        int mib[2];
+        size_t len;
+        LOCK();
+        if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+                len = sizeof(state[0]);
+        else
+                len = rand_deg * sizeof(state[0]);
+        mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+        mib[1] = KERN_ARND;
+        sysctl(mib, 2, state, &len, NULL, 0);
+        if (rand_type != TYPE_0) {
+                fptr = &state[rand_sep];
+                rptr = &state[0];
+        }
+        UNLOCK();
+}
+#if defined(APIWARN)
+__warn_references(srandomdev,
+    "warning: srandomdev() usage; consider switching to arc4random()");
+#endif
+/*
+ * initstate:
+ *
+ * Initialize the state information in the given array of n bytes for future
+ * random number generation.  Based on the number of bytes we are given, and
+ * the break values for the different R.N.G.'s, we choose the best (largest)
+ * one we can and set things up for it.  srandom() is then called to
+ * initialize the state information.
+ * 
+ * Note that on return from srandom(), we set state[-1] to be the type
+ * multiplexed with the current value of the rear pointer; this is so
+ * successive calls to initstate() won't lose this information and will be
+ * able to restart with setstate().
+ * 
+ * Note: the first thing we do is save the current state, if any, just like
+ * setstate() so that it doesn't matter when initstate is called.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to the old state.
+ */
+char *
+initstate(u_int seed, char *arg_state, size_t n)
+{
+        char *ostate = (char *)(&state[-1]);
+        LOCK();
+        if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+                state[-1] = rand_type;
+        else
+                state[-1] = MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + rand_type;
+        if (n < BREAK_0) {
+                UNLOCK();
+                return(NULL);
+        }
+        if (n < BREAK_1) {
+                rand_type = TYPE_0;
+                rand_deg = DEG_0;
+                rand_sep = SEP_0;
+        } else if (n < BREAK_2) {
+                rand_type = TYPE_1;
+                rand_deg = DEG_1;
+                rand_sep = SEP_1;
+        } else if (n < BREAK_3) {
+                rand_type = TYPE_2;
+                rand_deg = DEG_2;
+                rand_sep = SEP_2;
+        } else if (n < BREAK_4) {
+                rand_type = TYPE_3;
+                rand_deg = DEG_3;
+                rand_sep = SEP_3;
+        } else {
+                rand_type = TYPE_4;
+                rand_deg = DEG_4;
+                rand_sep = SEP_4;
+        }
+        state = &(((int32_t *)arg_state)[1]);   /* first location */
+        end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];     /* must set end_ptr before srandom */
+        srandom_l(seed);
+        if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+                state[-1] = rand_type;
+        else
+                state[-1] = MAX_TYPES*(rptr - state) + rand_type;
+        UNLOCK();
+        return(ostate);
+}
+/*
+ * setstate:
+ *
+ * Restore the state from the given state array.
+ *
+ * Note: it is important that we also remember the locations of the pointers
+ * in the current state information, and restore the locations of the pointers
+ * from the old state information.  This is done by multiplexing the pointer
+ * location into the zeroeth word of the state information.
+ *
+ * Note that due to the order in which things are done, it is OK to call
+ * setstate() with the same state as the current state.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to the old state information.
+ */
+char *
+setstate(char *arg_state)
+{
+        int32_t *new_state = (int32_t *)arg_state;
+        int32_t type = new_state[0] % MAX_TYPES;
+        int32_t rear = new_state[0] / MAX_TYPES;
+        char *ostate = (char *)(&state[-1]);
+        LOCK();
+        if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+                state[-1] = rand_type;
+        else
+                state[-1] = MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + rand_type;
+        switch(type) {
+        case TYPE_0:
+        case TYPE_1:
+        case TYPE_2:
+        case TYPE_3:
+        case TYPE_4:
+                rand_type = type;
+                rand_deg = degrees[type];
+                rand_sep = seps[type];
+                break;
+        default:
+                UNLOCK();
+                return(NULL);
+        }
+        state = &new_state[1];
+        if (rand_type != TYPE_0) {
+                rptr = &state[rear];
+                fptr = &state[(rear + rand_sep) % rand_deg];
+        }
+        end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];             /* set end_ptr too */
+        UNLOCK();
+        return(ostate);
+}
+/*
+ * random:
+ *
+ * If we are using the trivial TYPE_0 R.N.G., just do the old linear
+ * congruential bit.  Otherwise, we do our fancy trinomial stuff, which is
+ * the same in all the other cases due to all the global variables that have
+ * been set up.  The basic operation is to add the number at the rear pointer
+ * into the one at the front pointer.  Then both pointers are advanced to
+ * the next location cyclically in the table.  The value returned is the sum
+ * generated, reduced to 31 bits by throwing away the "least random" low bit.
+ *
+ * Note: the code takes advantage of the fact that both the front and
+ * rear pointers can't wrap on the same call by not testing the rear
+ * pointer if the front one has wrapped.
+ *
+ * Returns a 31-bit random number.
+ */
+static long
+random_l(void)
+{
+        int32_t i;
+        if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+                i = state[0] = (state[0] * 1103515245 + 12345) & 0x7fffffff;
+        else {
+                *fptr += *rptr;
+                i = (*fptr >> 1) & 0x7fffffff;  /* chucking least random bit */
+                if (++fptr >= end_ptr) {
+                        fptr = state;
+                        ++rptr;
+                } else if (++rptr >= end_ptr)
+                        rptr = state;
+        }
+        return((long)i);
+}
+long
+random(void)
+{
+        long r;
+        LOCK();
+        r = random_l();
+        UNLOCK();
+        return r;
+}
+#if defined(APIWARN)
+__warn_references(random,
+    "warning: random() isn't random; consider using arc4random()");
+#endif
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5966b38058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Jan-Simon Pendry.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: realpath.3,v 1.19 2014/01/20 22:40:06 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 20 2014 $
+.Dt REALPATH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm realpath
+.Nd returns the canonicalized absolute pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In limits.h
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft "char *"
+.Fn realpath "const char *pathname" "char *resolved"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function resolves all symbolic links, extra
+.Dq /
+characters and references to
+.Pa /./
+and
+.Pa /../
+in
+.Fa pathname ,
+and copies the resulting absolute pathname into the memory referenced by
+.Fa resolved .
+The
+.Fa resolved
+argument
+.Em must
+refer to a buffer capable of storing at least
+.Dv PATH_MAX
+characters, or be
+.Dv NULL .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function will resolve both absolute and relative paths
+and return the absolute pathname corresponding to
+.Fa pathname .
+All but the last component of
+.Fa pathname
+must exist when
+.Fn realpath
+is called.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function returns
+.Fa resolved
+on success.
+If
+.Fa resolved
+is
+.Dv NULL
+and no error occurred, then
+.Fn realpath
+returns a NUL-terminated string in a newly allocated buffer.
+If an error occurs,
+.Fn realpath
+returns
+.Dv NULL
+and the contents of
+.Fa resolved
+are undefined.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The function
+.Fn realpath
+may fail and set the external variable
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr lstat 2 ,
+.Xr readlink 2 ,
+and
+.Xr getcwd 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr readlink 1 ,
+.Xr getcwd 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+This implementation of
+.Fn realpath
+differs slightly from the Solaris implementation.
+The
+.Bx 4.4
+version always returns absolute pathnames,
+whereas the Solaris implementation will,
+under certain circumstances, return a relative
+.Fa resolved
+when given a relative
+.Fa pathname .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0f9b123b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.c
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: realpath.c,v 1.16 2013/04/05 12:59:54 kurt Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Constantin S. Svintsoff <kostik@iclub.nsu.ru>
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior written
+ *    permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+/* A slightly modified copy of this file exists in libexec/ld.so */
+/*
+ * char *realpath(const char *path, char resolved[PATH_MAX]);
+ *
+ * Find the real name of path, by removing all ".", ".." and symlink
+ * components.  Returns (resolved) on success, or (NULL) on failure,
+ * in which case the path which caused trouble is left in (resolved).
+ */
+char *
+realpath(const char *path, char *resolved)
+{
+        struct stat sb;
+        char *p, *q, *s;
+        size_t left_len, resolved_len;
+        unsigned symlinks;
+        int serrno, slen, mem_allocated;
+        char left[PATH_MAX], next_token[PATH_MAX], symlink[PATH_MAX];
+        if (path[0] == '\0') {
+                errno = ENOENT;
+                return (NULL);
+        }
+        serrno = errno;
+        if (resolved == NULL) {
+                resolved = malloc(PATH_MAX);
+                if (resolved == NULL)
+                        return (NULL);
+                mem_allocated = 1;
+        } else
+                mem_allocated = 0;
+        symlinks = 0;
+        if (path[0] == '/') {
+                resolved[0] = '/';
+                resolved[1] = '\0';
+                if (path[1] == '\0')
+                        return (resolved);
+                resolved_len = 1;
+                left_len = strlcpy(left, path + 1, sizeof(left));
+        } else {
+                if (getcwd(resolved, PATH_MAX) == NULL) {
+                        if (mem_allocated)
+                                free(resolved);
+                        else
+                                strlcpy(resolved, ".", PATH_MAX);
+                        return (NULL);
+                }
+                resolved_len = strlen(resolved);
+                left_len = strlcpy(left, path, sizeof(left));
+        }
+        if (left_len >= sizeof(left) || resolved_len >= PATH_MAX) {
+                errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+                goto err;
+        }
+        /*
+         * Iterate over path components in `left'.
+         */
+        while (left_len != 0) {
+                /*
+                 * Extract the next path component and adjust `left'
+                 * and its length.
+                 */
+                p = strchr(left, '/');
+                s = p ? p : left + left_len;
+                if (s - left >= sizeof(next_token)) {
+                        errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+                        goto err;
+                }
+                memcpy(next_token, left, s - left);
+                next_token[s - left] = '\0';
+                left_len -= s - left;
+                if (p != NULL)
+                        memmove(left, s + 1, left_len + 1);
+                if (resolved[resolved_len - 1] != '/') {
+                        if (resolved_len + 1 >= PATH_MAX) {
+                                errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+                                goto err;
+                        }
+                        resolved[resolved_len++] = '/';
+                        resolved[resolved_len] = '\0';
+                }
+                if (next_token[0] == '\0')
+                        continue;
+                else if (strcmp(next_token, ".") == 0)
+                        continue;
+                else if (strcmp(next_token, "..") == 0) {
+                        /*
+                         * Strip the last path component except when we have
+                         * single "/"
+                         */
+                        if (resolved_len > 1) {
+                                resolved[resolved_len - 1] = '\0';
+                                q = strrchr(resolved, '/') + 1;
+                                *q = '\0';
+                                resolved_len = q - resolved;
+                        }
+                        continue;
+                }
+                /*
+                 * Append the next path component and lstat() it. If
+                 * lstat() fails we still can return successfully if
+                 * there are no more path components left.
+                 */
+                resolved_len = strlcat(resolved, next_token, PATH_MAX);
+                if (resolved_len >= PATH_MAX) {
+                        errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+                        goto err;
+                }
+                if (lstat(resolved, &sb) != 0) {
+                        if (errno == ENOENT && p == NULL) {
+                                errno = serrno;
+                                return (resolved);
+                        }
+                        goto err;
+                }
+                if (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
+                        if (symlinks++ > MAXSYMLINKS) {
+                                errno = ELOOP;
+                                goto err;
+                        }
+                        slen = readlink(resolved, symlink, sizeof(symlink) - 1);
+                        if (slen < 0)
+                                goto err;
+                        symlink[slen] = '\0';
+                        if (symlink[0] == '/') {
+                                resolved[1] = 0;
+                                resolved_len = 1;
+                        } else if (resolved_len > 1) {
+                                /* Strip the last path component. */
+                                resolved[resolved_len - 1] = '\0';
+                                q = strrchr(resolved, '/') + 1;
+                                *q = '\0';
+                                resolved_len = q - resolved;
+                        }
+                        /*
+                         * If there are any path components left, then
+                         * append them to symlink. The result is placed
+                         * in `left'.
+                         */
+                        if (p != NULL) {
+                                if (symlink[slen - 1] != '/') {
+                                        if (slen + 1 >= sizeof(symlink)) {
+                                                errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+                                                goto err;
+                                        }
+                                        symlink[slen] = '/';
+                                        symlink[slen + 1] = 0;
+                                }
+                                left_len = strlcat(symlink, left, sizeof(symlink));
+                                if (left_len >= sizeof(left)) {
+                                        errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+                                        goto err;
+                                }
+                        }
+                        left_len = strlcpy(left, symlink, sizeof(left));
+                }
+        }
+        /*
+         * Remove trailing slash except when the resolved pathname
+         * is a single "/".
+         */
+        if (resolved_len > 1 && resolved[resolved_len - 1] == '/')
+                resolved[resolved_len - 1] = '\0';
+        return (resolved);
+err:
+        if (mem_allocated)
+                free(resolved);
+        return (NULL);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/remque.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/remque.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae249ae053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/remque.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: remque.c,v 1.2 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $        */
+/*
+ *  Copyright (c) 1993 John Brezak
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ * 
+ *  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ *  modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ *  are met:
+ *  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *     documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *  3. The name of the author may be used to endorse or promote products
+ *     derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * 
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR `AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ * ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <search.h>
+struct qelem {
+        struct qelem *q_forw;
+        struct qelem *q_back;
+};
+void
+remque(void *element)
+{
+        struct qelem *e = (struct qelem *) element;
+        e->q_forw->q_back = e->q_back;
+        e->q_back->q_forw = e->q_forw;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/seed48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/seed48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..583262f2d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/seed48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: seed48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
+extern unsigned short __rand48_mult[3];
+extern unsigned short __rand48_add;
+unsigned short *
+seed48(unsigned short xseed[3])
+{
+        static unsigned short sseed[3];
+        sseed[0] = __rand48_seed[0];
+        sseed[1] = __rand48_seed[1];
+        sseed[2] = __rand48_seed[2];
+        __rand48_seed[0] = xseed[0];
+        __rand48_seed[1] = xseed[1];
+        __rand48_seed[2] = xseed[2];
+        __rand48_mult[0] = RAND48_MULT_0;
+        __rand48_mult[1] = RAND48_MULT_1;
+        __rand48_mult[2] = RAND48_MULT_2;
+        __rand48_add = RAND48_ADD;
+        return sseed;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/setenv.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/setenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9060fdba88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/setenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: setenv.c,v 1.14 2012/09/23 16:08:04 jeremy Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+char *__findenv(const char *name, int len, int *offset);
+extern char **environ;
+static char **lastenv;                          /* last value of environ */
+/*
+ * putenv --
+ *      Add a name=value string directly to the environmental, replacing
+ *      any current value.
+ */
+int
+putenv(char *str)
+{
+        char **P, *cp;
+        size_t cnt;
+        int offset = 0;
+        for (cp = str; *cp && *cp != '='; ++cp)
+                ;
+        if (*cp != '=') {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return (-1);                    /* missing `=' in string */
+        }
+        if (__findenv(str, (int)(cp - str), &offset) != NULL) {
+                environ[offset++] = str;
+                /* could be set multiple times */
+                while (__findenv(str, (int)(cp - str), &offset)) {
+                        for (P = &environ[offset];; ++P)
+                                if (!(*P = *(P + 1)))
+                                        break;
+                }
+                return (0);
+        }
+        /* create new slot for string */
+        for (P = environ; *P != NULL; P++)
+                ;
+        cnt = P - environ;
+        P = (char **)realloc(lastenv, sizeof(char *) * (cnt + 2));
+        if (!P)
+                return (-1);
+        if (lastenv != environ)
+                memcpy(P, environ, cnt * sizeof(char *));
+        lastenv = environ = P;
+        environ[cnt] = str;
+        environ[cnt + 1] = NULL;
+        return (0);
+}
+/*
+ * setenv --
+ *      Set the value of the environmental variable "name" to be
+ *      "value".  If rewrite is set, replace any current value.
+ */
+int
+setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int rewrite)
+{
+        char *C, **P;
+        const char *np;
+        int l_value, offset = 0;
+        if (!name || !*name) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return (-1);
+        }
+        for (np = name; *np && *np != '='; ++np)
+                ;
+        if (*np) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return (-1);                    /* has `=' in name */
+        }
+        l_value = strlen(value);
+        if ((C = __findenv(name, (int)(np - name), &offset)) != NULL) {
+                int tmpoff = offset + 1;
+                if (!rewrite)
+                        return (0);
+#if 0 /* XXX - existing entry may not be writable */
+                if (strlen(C) >= l_value) {     /* old larger; copy over */
+                        while ((*C++ = *value++))
+                                ;
+                        return (0);
+                }
+#endif
+                /* could be set multiple times */
+                while (__findenv(name, (int)(np - name), &tmpoff)) {
+                        for (P = &environ[tmpoff];; ++P)
+                                if (!(*P = *(P + 1)))
+                                        break;
+                }
+        } else {                                        /* create new slot */
+                size_t cnt;
+                for (P = environ; *P != NULL; P++)
+                        ;
+                cnt = P - environ;
+                P = (char **)realloc(lastenv, sizeof(char *) * (cnt + 2));
+                if (!P)
+                        return (-1);
+                if (lastenv != environ)
+                        memcpy(P, environ, cnt * sizeof(char *));
+                lastenv = environ = P;
+                offset = cnt;
+                environ[cnt + 1] = NULL;
+        }
+        if (!(environ[offset] =                 /* name + `=' + value */
+            malloc((size_t)((int)(np - name) + l_value + 2))))
+                return (-1);
+        for (C = environ[offset]; (*C = *name++) && *C != '='; ++C)
+                ;
+        for (*C++ = '='; (*C++ = *value++); )
+                ;
+        return (0);
+}
+/*
+ * unsetenv(name) --
+ *      Delete environmental variable "name".
+ */
+int
+unsetenv(const char *name)
+{
+        char **P;
+        const char *np;
+        int offset = 0;
+        if (!name || !*name) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return (-1);
+        }
+        for (np = name; *np && *np != '='; ++np)
+                ;
+        if (*np) {
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return (-1);                    /* has `=' in name */
+        }
+        /* could be set multiple times */
+        while (__findenv(name, (int)(np - name), &offset)) {
+                for (P = &environ[offset];; ++P)
+                        if (!(*P = *(P + 1)))
+                                break;
+        }
+        return (0);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/srand48.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/srand48.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f76b6cca86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/srand48.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: srand48.c,v 1.3 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1993 Martin Birgmeier
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * You may redistribute unmodified or modified versions of this source
+ * code provided that the above copyright notice and this and the
+ * following conditions are retained.
+ *
+ * This software is provided ``as is'', and comes with no warranties
+ * of any kind. I shall in no event be liable for anything that happens
+ * to anyone/anything when using this software.
+ */
+#include "rand48.h"
+extern unsigned short __rand48_seed[3];
+extern unsigned short __rand48_mult[3];
+extern unsigned short __rand48_add;
+void
+srand48(long seed)
+{
+        __rand48_seed[0] = RAND48_SEED_0;
+        __rand48_seed[1] = (unsigned short) seed;
+        __rand48_seed[2] = (unsigned short) (seed >> 16);
+        __rand48_mult[0] = RAND48_MULT_0;
+        __rand48_mult[1] = RAND48_MULT_1;
+        __rand48_mult[2] = RAND48_MULT_2;
+        __rand48_add = RAND48_ADD;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f079b73a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: strtod.3,v 1.19 2014/01/19 10:39:00 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: January 19 2014 $
+.Dt STRTOD 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm strtod ,
+.Nm strtof ,
+.Nm strtold
+.Nd convert ASCII string to double, float or long double
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft double
+.Fn strtod "const char *nptr" "char **endptr"
+.Pp
+.Ft float
+.Fn strtof "const char *nptr" "char **endptr"
+.Pp
+.Ft long double
+.Fn strtold "const char *nptr" "char **endptr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn strtod
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li double
+representation.
+The
+.Fn strtof
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li float
+representation.
+The
+.Fn strtold
+function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.Fa nptr
+to
+.Li long double
+representation.
+.Pp
+The expected form of the string is an optional plus
+.Pq Ql +
+or minus sign
+.Pq Ql -
+followed by a sequence of digits optionally containing
+a decimal-point character, optionally followed by an exponent.
+An exponent consists of an
+.Sq E
+or
+.Sq e ,
+followed by an optional plus or minus sign, followed by a sequence of digits.
+.Pp
+Alternatively, if the portion of the string following the optional
+plus or minus sign begins with
+.Dq INF
+or
+.Dq NAN ,
+ignoring case, it is interpreted as an infinity or a quiet \*(Na,
+respectively.
+The syntax
+.Dq NAN Ns Pq Ar s ,
+where
+.Ar s
+is an alphanumeric string, produces the same value as the call
+.Fo nan
+.Qq Ar s Ns
+.Fc
+(respectively,
+.Fo nanf
+.Qq Ar s Ns
+.Fc
+and
+.Fo nanl
+.Qq Ar s Ns
+.Fc . )
+.Pp
+In any of the above cases, leading whitespace characters in the
+string (as defined by the
+.Xr isspace 3
+function) are skipped.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn strtod ,
+.Fn strtof
+and
+.Fn strtold
+functions return the converted value, if any.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa endptr
+is not
+.Dv NULL ,
+a pointer to the character after the last character used
+in the conversion is stored in the location referenced by
+.Fa endptr .
+.Pp
+If no conversion is performed, zero is returned and the value of
+.Fa nptr
+is stored in the location referenced by
+.Fa endptr .
+.Pp
+If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus
+.Dv HUGE_VAL
+is returned (according to the sign of the value), and
+.Er ERANGE
+is stored in
+.Va errno .
+If the correct value would cause underflow, zero is returned and
+.Er ERANGE
+is stored in
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+Overflow or underflow occurred.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr atof 3 ,
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn strtod
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC-89 .
+The
+.Fn strtof
+and
+.Fn strtold
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoimax.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c77f41650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: strtoimax.c,v 1.1 2006/01/13 17:58:09 millert Exp $   */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+/*
+ * Convert a string to an intmax_t
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+intmax_t
+strtoimax(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+        const char *s;
+        intmax_t acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
+        /*
+         * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
+         * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
+         * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
+         */
+        s = nptr;
+        do {
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
+        } while (isspace(c));
+        if (c == '-') {
+                neg = 1;
+                c = *s++;
+        } else {
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
+        if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+            c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+                c = s[1];
+                s += 2;
+                base = 16;
+        }
+        if (base == 0)
+                base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+        /*
+         * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
+         * numbers.  That is the largest legal value, divided by the
+         * base.  An input number that is greater than this value, if
+         * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
+         * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
+         * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
+         * digit.  For instance, if the range for intmax_t is
+         * [-9223372036854775808..9223372036854775807] and the input base
+         * is 10, cutoff will be set to 922337203685477580 and cutlim to
+         * either 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have
+         * accumulated a value > 922337203685477580, or equal but the
+         * next digit is > 7 (or 8), the number is too big, and we will
+         * return a range error.
+         *
+         * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
+         * overflow.
+         */
+        cutoff = neg ? INTMAX_MIN : INTMAX_MAX;
+        cutlim = cutoff % base;
+        cutoff /= base;
+        if (neg) {
+                if (cutlim > 0) {
+                        cutlim -= base;
+                        cutoff += 1;
+                }
+                cutlim = -cutlim;
+        }
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
+                if (isdigit(c))
+                        c -= '0';
+                else if (isalpha(c))
+                        c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+                else
+                        break;
+                if (c >= base)
+                        break;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (neg) {
+                        if (acc < cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = INTMAX_MIN;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc -= c;
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = INTMAX_MAX;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc += c;
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        if (endptr != 0)
+                *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+        return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0a60979d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: strtol.3,v 1.24 2013/08/14 06:32:28 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 14 2013 $
+.Dt STRTOL 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm strtol ,
+.Nm strtoll ,
+.Nm strtoimax ,
+.Nm strtoq ,
+.Nd convert string value to a long, long long or intmax_t integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In limits.h
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft long
+.Fn strtol "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Pp
+.Ft long long
+.Fn strtoll "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Pp
+.In inttypes.h
+.Ft intmax_t
+.Fn strtoimax "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Pp
+.In sys/types.h
+.In limits.h
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft quad_t
+.Fn strtoq "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn strtol
+function converts the string in
+.Fa nptr
+to a
+.Li long
+value.
+The
+.Fn strtoll
+function converts the string in
+.Fa nptr
+to a
+.Li long long
+value.
+The
+.Fn strtoimax
+function converts the string in
+.Fa nptr
+to an
+.Li intmax_t
+value.
+The
+.Fn strtoq
+function is a deprecated equivalent of
+.Fn strtoll
+and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
+The conversion is done according to the given
+.Fa base ,
+which must be a number between 2 and 36 inclusive or the special value 0.
+.Pp
+The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of whitespace
+(as determined by
+.Xr isspace 3 )
+followed by a single optional
+.Ql +
+or
+.Ql -
+sign.
+If
+.Fa base
+is zero or 16, the string may then include a
+.Ql 0x
+prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero
+.Fa base
+is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is
+.Ql 0 ,
+in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
+.Pp
+The remainder of the string is converted to a
+.Li long ,
+.Li long long ,
+or
+.Li intmax_t ,
+value in the obvious manner,
+stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit
+in the given base.
+(In bases above 10, the letter
+.Ql A
+in either upper or lower case represents 10,
+.Ql B
+represents 11, and so forth, with
+.Ql Z
+representing 35.)
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa endptr
+is non-null,
+.Fn strtol
+stores the address of the first invalid character in
+.Fa *endptr .
+If there were no digits at all, however,
+.Fn strtol
+stores the original value of
+.Fa nptr
+in
+.Fa *endptr .
+(Thus, if
+.Fa *nptr
+is not
+.Ql \e0
+but
+.Fa **endptr
+is
+.Ql \e0
+on return, the entire string was valid.)
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn strtol ,
+.Fn strtoll ,
+.Fn strtoimax ,
+and
+.Fn strtoq
+functions return the result of the conversion,
+unless the value would underflow or overflow.
+If no conversion could be performed, 0 is returned;
+the global variable
+.Va errno
+is also set to
+.Er EINVAL ,
+though this is not portable across all platforms.
+If overflow or underflow occurs,
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ERANGE
+and the function return value is as follows:
+.Bl -column "strtoimaxXX" "INTMAX_MIN" "INTMAX_MAX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Function Ta Sy underflow Ta Sy overflow
+.It Fn strtol Ta Dv LONG_MIN Ta Dv LONG_MAX
+.It Fn strtoll Ta Dv LLONG_MIN Ta Dv LLONG_MAX
+.It Fn strtoimax Ta Dv INTMAX_MIN Ta Dv INTMAX_MAX
+.It Fn strtoq Ta Dv LLONG_MIN Ta Dv LLONG_MAX
+.El
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Ensuring that a string is a valid number (i.e., in range and containing no
+trailing characters) requires clearing
+.Va errno
+beforehand explicitly since
+.Va errno
+is not changed on a successful call to
+.Fn strtol ,
+and the return value of
+.Fn strtol
+cannot be used unambiguously to signal an error:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char *ep;
+long lval;
+\&...
+errno = 0;
+lval = strtol(buf, &ep, 10);
+if (buf[0] == '\e0' || *ep != '\e0')
+        goto not_a_number;
+if (errno == ERANGE && (lval == LONG_MAX || lval == LONG_MIN))
+        goto out_of_range;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This example will accept
+.Dq 12
+but not
+.Dq 12foo
+or
+.Dq 12\en .
+If trailing whitespace is acceptable, further checks must be done on
+.Va *ep ;
+alternately, use
+.Xr sscanf 3 .
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn strtol
+is being used instead of
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+error checking is further complicated because the desired return value is an
+.Li int
+rather than a
+.Li long ;
+however, on some architectures integers and long integers are the same size.
+Thus the following is necessary:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char *ep;
+int ival;
+long lval;
+\&...
+errno = 0;
+lval = strtol(buf, &ep, 10);
+if (buf[0] == '\e0' || *ep != '\e0')
+     goto not_a_number;
+if ((errno == ERANGE && (lval == LONG_MAX || lval == LONG_MIN)) ||
+    (lval > INT_MAX || lval < INT_MIN))
+     goto out_of_range;
+ival = lval;
+.Ed
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr atof 3 ,
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr atoll 3 ,
+.Xr sscanf 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3 ,
+.Xr strtonum 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn strtol ,
+.Fn strtoll ,
+and
+.Fn strtoimax
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
+The
+.Fn strtoq
+function is a
+.Bx
+extension and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
+.Sh BUGS
+Ignores the current locale.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc2cf8871c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: strtol.c,v 1.9 2013/04/17 17:40:35 tedu Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+/*
+ * Convert a string to a long integer.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+long
+strtol(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+        const char *s;
+        long acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
+        /*
+         * Ensure that base is between 2 and 36 inclusive, or the special
+         * value of 0.
+         */
+        if (base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36)) {
+                if (endptr != 0)
+                        *endptr = (char *)nptr;
+                errno = EINVAL;
+                return 0;
+        }
+        /*
+         * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
+         * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
+         * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
+         */
+        s = nptr;
+        do {
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
+        } while (isspace(c));
+        if (c == '-') {
+                neg = 1;
+                c = *s++;
+        } else {
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
+        if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+            c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+                c = s[1];
+                s += 2;
+                base = 16;
+        }
+        if (base == 0)
+                base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+        /*
+         * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
+         * numbers.  That is the largest legal value, divided by the
+         * base.  An input number that is greater than this value, if
+         * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
+         * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
+         * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
+         * digit.  For instance, if the range for longs is
+         * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10,
+         * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either
+         * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated
+         * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8),
+         * the number is too big, and we will return a range error.
+         *
+         * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
+         * overflow.
+         */
+        cutoff = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
+        cutlim = cutoff % base;
+        cutoff /= base;
+        if (neg) {
+                if (cutlim > 0) {
+                        cutlim -= base;
+                        cutoff += 1;
+                }
+                cutlim = -cutlim;
+        }
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
+                if (isdigit(c))
+                        c -= '0';
+                else if (isalpha(c))
+                        c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+                else
+                        break;
+                if (c >= base)
+                        break;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (neg) {
+                        if (acc < cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LONG_MIN;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc -= c;
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LONG_MAX;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc += c;
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        if (endptr != 0)
+                *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+        return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoll.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4bcc5565be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: strtoll.c,v 1.7 2013/03/28 18:09:38 martynas Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+/*
+ * Convert a string to a long long.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+long long
+strtoll(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+        const char *s;
+        long long acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
+        /*
+         * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
+         * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
+         * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
+         */
+        s = nptr;
+        do {
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
+        } while (isspace(c));
+        if (c == '-') {
+                neg = 1;
+                c = *s++;
+        } else {
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
+        if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+            c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+                c = s[1];
+                s += 2;
+                base = 16;
+        }
+        if (base == 0)
+                base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+        /*
+         * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
+         * numbers.  That is the largest legal value, divided by the
+         * base.  An input number that is greater than this value, if
+         * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
+         * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
+         * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
+         * digit.  For instance, if the range for long longs is
+         * [-9223372036854775808..9223372036854775807] and the input base
+         * is 10, cutoff will be set to 922337203685477580 and cutlim to
+         * either 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have
+         * accumulated a value > 922337203685477580, or equal but the
+         * next digit is > 7 (or 8), the number is too big, and we will
+         * return a range error.
+         *
+         * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
+         * overflow.
+         */
+        cutoff = neg ? LLONG_MIN : LLONG_MAX;
+        cutlim = cutoff % base;
+        cutoff /= base;
+        if (neg) {
+                if (cutlim > 0) {
+                        cutlim -= base;
+                        cutoff += 1;
+                }
+                cutlim = -cutlim;
+        }
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
+                if (isdigit(c))
+                        c -= '0';
+                else if (isalpha(c))
+                        c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+                else
+                        break;
+                if (c >= base)
+                        break;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (neg) {
+                        if (acc < cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LLONG_MIN;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc -= c;
+                        }
+                } else {
+                        if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                                any = -1;
+                                acc = LLONG_MAX;
+                                errno = ERANGE;
+                        } else {
+                                any = 1;
+                                acc *= base;
+                                acc += c;
+                        }
+                }
+        }
+        if (endptr != 0)
+                *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+        return (acc);
+}
+__strong_alias(strtoq, strtoll);
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtonum.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtonum.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ed638cdbe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtonum.3
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: strtonum.3,v 1.17 2013/08/14 06:32:28 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2004 Ted Unangst
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 14 2013 $
+.Dt STRTONUM 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm strtonum
+.Nd reliably convert string value to an integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft long long
+.Fo strtonum
+.Fa "const char *nptr"
+.Fa "long long minval"
+.Fa "long long maxval"
+.Fa "const char **errstr"
+.Fc
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn strtonum
+function converts the string in
+.Fa nptr
+to a
+.Li long long
+value.
+The
+.Fn strtonum
+function was designed to facilitate safe, robust programming
+and overcome the shortcomings of the
+.Xr atoi 3
+and
+.Xr strtol 3
+family of interfaces.
+.Pp
+The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of whitespace
+(as determined by
+.Xr isspace 3 )
+followed by a single optional
+.Ql +
+or
+.Ql -
+sign.
+.Pp
+The remainder of the string is converted to a
+.Li long long
+value according to base 10.
+.Pp
+The value obtained is then checked against the provided
+.Fa minval
+and
+.Fa maxval
+bounds.
+If
+.Fa errstr
+is non-null,
+.Fn strtonum
+stores an error string in
+.Fa *errstr
+indicating the failure.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn strtonum
+function returns the result of the conversion,
+unless the value would exceed the provided bounds or is invalid.
+On error, 0 is returned,
+.Va errno
+is set, and
+.Fa errstr
+will point to an error message.
+.Fa *errstr
+will be set to
+.Dv NULL
+on success;
+this fact can be used to differentiate
+a successful return of 0 from an error.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Using
+.Fn strtonum
+correctly is meant to be simpler than the alternative functions.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+int iterations;
+const char *errstr;
+iterations = strtonum(optarg, 1, 64, &errstr);
+if (errstr)
+        errx(1, "number of iterations is %s: %s", errstr, optarg);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The above example will guarantee that the value of iterations is between
+1 and 64 (inclusive).
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+The given string was out of range.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The given string did not consist solely of digit characters.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Ar minval
+was larger than
+.Ar maxval .
+.El
+.Pp
+If an error occurs,
+.Fa errstr
+will be set to one of the following strings:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "too largeXX" -compact
+.It Qq too large
+The result was larger than the provided maximum value.
+.It Qq too small
+The result was smaller than the provided minimum value.
+.It Qq invalid
+The string did not consist solely of digit characters.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr atof 3 ,
+.Xr atoi 3 ,
+.Xr atol 3 ,
+.Xr atoll 3 ,
+.Xr sscanf 3 ,
+.Xr strtod 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+.Xr strtoul 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Fn strtonum
+is an
+.Ox
+extension.
+The existing alternatives, such as
+.Xr atoi 3
+and
+.Xr strtol 3 ,
+are either impossible or difficult to use safely.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn strtonum
+function first appeared in
+.Ox 3.6 .
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtonum.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtonum.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1aeee3467b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtonum.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: strtonum.c,v 1.7 2013/04/17 18:40:58 tedu Exp $       */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 Ted Unangst and Todd Miller
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+ * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#define INVALID         1
+#define TOOSMALL        2
+#define TOOLARGE        3
+long long
+strtonum(const char *numstr, long long minval, long long maxval,
+    const char **errstrp)
+{
+        long long ll = 0;
+        int error = 0;
+        char *ep;
+        struct errval {
+                const char *errstr;
+                int err;
+        } ev[4] = {
+                { NULL,         0 },
+                { "invalid",    EINVAL },
+                { "too small",  ERANGE },
+                { "too large",  ERANGE },
+        };
+        ev[0].err = errno;
+        errno = 0;
+        if (minval > maxval) {
+                error = INVALID;
+        } else {
+                ll = strtoll(numstr, &ep, 10);
+                if (numstr == ep || *ep != '\0')
+                        error = INVALID;
+                else if ((ll == LLONG_MIN && errno == ERANGE) || ll < minval)
+                        error = TOOSMALL;
+                else if ((ll == LLONG_MAX && errno == ERANGE) || ll > maxval)
+                        error = TOOLARGE;
+        }
+        if (errstrp != NULL)
+                *errstrp = ev[error].errstr;
+        errno = ev[error].err;
+        if (error)
+                ll = 0;
+        return (ll);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1353637d68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: strtoul.3,v 1.22 2013/08/14 06:32:28 jmc Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: August 14 2013 $
+.Dt STRTOUL 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm strtoul ,
+.Nm strtoull ,
+.Nm strtoumax ,
+.Nm strtouq
+.Nd convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long or uintmax_t integer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In limits.h
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft unsigned long
+.Fn strtoul "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Ft unsigned long long
+.Fn strtoull "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.In inttypes.h
+.Ft uintmax_t
+.Fn strtoumax "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.In sys/types.h
+.In limits.h
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft u_quad_t
+.Fn strtouq "const char *nptr" "char **endptr" "int base"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn strtoul
+function converts the string in
+.Fa nptr
+to an
+.Li unsigned long
+value.
+The
+.Fn strtoull
+function converts the string in
+.Fa nptr
+to an
+.Li unsigned long long
+value.
+The
+.Fn strtoumax
+function converts the string in
+.Fa nptr
+to a
+.Li umaxint_t
+value.
+The
+.Fn strtouq
+function is a deprecated equivalent of
+.Fn strtoull
+and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
+The conversion is done according to the given
+.Fa base ,
+which must be a number between 2 and 36 inclusive
+or the special value 0.
+If the string in
+.Fa nptr
+represents a negative number, it will be converted to its unsigned equivalent.
+This behavior is consistent with what happens when a signed integer type is
+cast to its unsigned counterpart.
+.Pp
+The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of whitespace
+(as determined by
+.Xr isspace 3 )
+followed by a single optional
+.Ql +
+or
+.Ql -
+sign.
+If
+.Fa base
+is zero or 16, the string may then include a
+.Ql 0x
+prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a zero
+.Fa base
+is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character is
+.Ql 0 ,
+in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
+.Pp
+The remainder of the string is converted to an
+.Li unsigned long
+value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string
+or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit
+in the given base.
+(In bases above 10, the letter
+.Ql A
+in either upper or lower case represents 10,
+.Ql B
+represents 11, and so forth, with
+.Ql Z
+representing 35.)
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa endptr
+is non-null,
+.Fn strtoul
+stores the address of the first invalid character in
+.Fa *endptr .
+If there were no digits at all, however,
+.Fn strtoul
+stores the original value of
+.Fa nptr
+in
+.Fa *endptr .
+(Thus, if
+.Fa *nptr
+is not
+.Ql \e0
+but
+.Fa **endptr
+is
+.Ql \e0
+on return, the entire string was valid.)
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn strtoul ,
+.Fn strtoull ,
+.Fn strtoumax
+and
+.Fn strtouq
+functions return either the result of the conversion or,
+if there was a leading minus sign,
+the negation of the result of the conversion,
+unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow.
+If overflow occurs,
+.Fn strtoul
+returns
+.Dv ULONG_MAX ,
+.Fn strtoull
+returns
+.Dv ULLONG_MAX ,
+.Fn strtoumax
+returns
+.Dv UINTMAX_MAX ,
+.Fn strtouq
+returns
+.Dv ULLONG_MAX
+and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ERANGE .
+If no conversion could be performed, 0 is returned;
+the global variable
+.Va errno
+is also set to
+.Er EINVAL ,
+though this is not portable across all platforms.
+.Pp
+There is no way to determine if
+.Fn strtoul
+has processed a negative number (and returned an unsigned value) short of
+examining the string in
+.Fa nptr
+directly.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Ensuring that a string is a valid number (i.e., in range and containing no
+trailing characters) requires clearing
+.Va errno
+beforehand explicitly since
+.Va errno
+is not changed on a successful call to
+.Fn strtoul ,
+and the return value of
+.Fn strtoul
+cannot be used unambiguously to signal an error:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+char *ep;
+unsigned long ulval;
+\&...
+errno = 0;
+ulval = strtoul(buf, &ep, 10);
+if (buf[0] == '\e0' || *ep != '\e0')
+        goto not_a_number;
+if (errno == ERANGE && ulval == ULONG_MAX)
+        goto out_of_range;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This example will accept
+.Dq 12
+but not
+.Dq 12foo
+or
+.Dq 12\en .
+If trailing whitespace is acceptable, further checks must be done on
+.Va *ep ;
+alternately, use
+.Xr sscanf 3 .
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sscanf 3 ,
+.Xr strtol 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn strtoul ,
+.Fn strtoull ,
+and
+.Fn strtoumax
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC-99 .
+The
+.Fn strtouq
+function is a
+.Bx
+extension and is provided for backwards compatibility with legacy programs.
+.Sh BUGS
+Ignores the current locale.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a236365d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: strtoul.c,v 1.8 2013/04/17 17:40:35 tedu Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+/*
+ * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+unsigned long
+strtoul(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+        const char *s;
+        unsigned long acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
+        /*
+         * See strtol for comments as to the logic used.
+         */
+        s = nptr;
+        do {
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
+        } while (isspace(c));
+        if (c == '-') {
+                neg = 1;
+                c = *s++;
+        } else {
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
+        if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+            c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+                c = s[1];
+                s += 2;
+                base = 16;
+        }
+        if (base == 0)
+                base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+        cutoff = ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
+        cutlim = ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
+                if (isdigit(c))
+                        c -= '0';
+                else if (isalpha(c))
+                        c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+                else
+                        break;
+                if (c >= base)
+                        break;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                        any = -1;
+                        acc = ULONG_MAX;
+                        errno = ERANGE;
+                } else {
+                        any = 1;
+                        acc *= (unsigned long)base;
+                        acc += c;
+                }
+        }
+        if (neg && any > 0)
+                acc = -acc;
+        if (endptr != 0)
+                *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+        return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoull.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoull.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28f613a087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoull.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: strtoull.c,v 1.6 2013/03/28 18:09:38 martynas Exp $ */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+/*
+ * Convert a string to an unsigned long long.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+unsigned long long
+strtoull(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+        const char *s;
+        unsigned long long acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
+        /*
+         * See strtoq for comments as to the logic used.
+         */
+        s = nptr;
+        do {
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
+        } while (isspace(c));
+        if (c == '-') {
+                neg = 1;
+                c = *s++;
+        } else { 
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
+        if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+            c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+                c = s[1];
+                s += 2;
+                base = 16;
+        }
+        if (base == 0)
+                base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+        cutoff = ULLONG_MAX / (unsigned long long)base;
+        cutlim = ULLONG_MAX % (unsigned long long)base;
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
+                if (isdigit(c))
+                        c -= '0';
+                else if (isalpha(c))
+                        c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+                else
+                        break;
+                if (c >= base)
+                        break;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                        any = -1;
+                        acc = ULLONG_MAX;
+                        errno = ERANGE;
+                } else {
+                        any = 1;
+                        acc *= (unsigned long long)base;
+                        acc += c;
+                }
+        }
+        if (neg && any > 0)
+                acc = -acc;
+        if (endptr != 0)
+                *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+        return (acc);
+}
+__strong_alias(strtouq, strtoull);
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoumax.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce6e2c00f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: strtoumax.c,v 1.1 2006/01/13 17:58:09 millert Exp $   */
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+/*
+ * Convert a string to a uintmax_t.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+uintmax_t
+strtoumax(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+        const char *s;
+        uintmax_t acc, cutoff;
+        int c;
+        int neg, any, cutlim;
+        /*
+         * See strtoq for comments as to the logic used.
+         */
+        s = nptr;
+        do {
+                c = (unsigned char) *s++;
+        } while (isspace(c));
+        if (c == '-') {
+                neg = 1;
+                c = *s++;
+        } else { 
+                neg = 0;
+                if (c == '+')
+                        c = *s++;
+        }
+        if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+            c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+                c = s[1];
+                s += 2;
+                base = 16;
+        }
+        if (base == 0)
+                base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+        cutoff = UINTMAX_MAX / (uintmax_t)base;
+        cutlim = UINTMAX_MAX % (uintmax_t)base;
+        for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = (unsigned char) *s++) {
+                if (isdigit(c))
+                        c -= '0';
+                else if (isalpha(c))
+                        c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+                else
+                        break;
+                if (c >= base)
+                        break;
+                if (any < 0)
+                        continue;
+                if (acc > cutoff || (acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)) {
+                        any = -1;
+                        acc = UINTMAX_MAX;
+                        errno = ERANGE;
+                } else {
+                        any = 1;
+                        acc *= (uintmax_t)base;
+                        acc += c;
+                }
+        }
+        if (neg && any > 0)
+                acc = -acc;
+        if (endptr != 0)
+                *endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+        return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..878bb0a9d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     $OpenBSD: system.3,v 1.13 2013/07/18 10:14:50 schwarze Exp $
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: July 18 2013 $
+.Dt SYSTEM 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm system
+.Nd pass a command to the shell
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In stdlib.h
+.Ft int
+.Fn system "const char *string"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn system
+function hands the argument
+.Fa string
+to the command interpreter
+.Xr sh 1 .
+The calling process waits for the shell to finish executing the command,
+ignoring
+.Dv SIGINT
+and
+.Dv SIGQUIT ,
+and blocking
+.Dv SIGCHLD .
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa string
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+.Fn system
+will return non-zero.
+Otherwise,
+.Fn system
+returns the termination status of the shell in the format specified by
+.Xr waitpid 2 .
+.Pp
+Note that fork handlers established using
+.Xr pthread_atfork 3
+are not called when a multithreaded program calls
+.Fn system .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If a child process cannot be created, or the termination status of
+the shell cannot be obtained,
+.Fn system
+returns \-1 and sets
+.Va errno
+to indicate the error.
+If execution of the shell fails,
+.Fn system
+returns the termination status for a program that terminates with a call of
+.Fn exit 127 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr waitpid 2 ,
+.Xr popen 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn system
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC
+and
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn system
+function first appeared in
+.At v6 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+Never supply the
+.Fn system
+function with a command containing any part of an unsanitized user-supplied
+string.
+Shell meta-characters present will be honored by the
+.Xr sh 1
+command interpreter.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..14ddcae8d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/system.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: system.c,v 1.8 2005/08/08 08:05:37 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+extern char **environ;
+int
+system(const char *command)
+{
+        pid_t pid;
+        sig_t intsave, quitsave;
+        sigset_t mask, omask;
+        int pstat;
+        char *argp[] = {"sh", "-c", NULL, NULL};
+        if (!command)           /* just checking... */
+                return(1);
+        argp[2] = (char *)command;
+        sigemptyset(&mask);
+        sigaddset(&mask, SIGCHLD);
+        sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &omask);
+        switch (pid = vfork()) {
+        case -1:                        /* error */
+                sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
+                return(-1);
+        case 0:                         /* child */
+                sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
+                execve(_PATH_BSHELL, argp, environ);
+                _exit(127);
+        }
+        intsave = signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
+        quitsave = signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
+        pid = waitpid(pid, (int *)&pstat, 0);
+        sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &omask, NULL);
+        (void)signal(SIGINT, intsave);
+        (void)signal(SIGQUIT, quitsave);
+        return (pid == -1 ? -1 : pstat);
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tfind.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tfind.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0d1d5196d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tfind.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: tfind.c,v 1.6 2014/03/16 18:38:30 guenther Exp $      */
+/*
+ * Tree search generalized from Knuth (6.2.2) Algorithm T just like
+ * the AT&T man page says.
+ *
+ * The node_t structure is for internal use only
+ *
+ * Written by reading the System V Interface Definition, not the code.
+ *
+ * Totally public domain.
+ */
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+#include <search.h>
+typedef struct node_t
+{
+    char          *key;
+    struct node_t *llink, *rlink;
+} node;
+/* find a node, or return 0 */
+void *
+tfind(const void *vkey, void * const *vrootp,
+    int (*compar)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    char *key = (char *)vkey;
+    node **rootp = (node **)vrootp;
+    if (rootp == (struct node_t **)0)
+        return ((struct node_t *)0);
+    while (*rootp != (struct node_t *)0) {      /* T1: */
+        int r;
+        if ((r = (*compar)(key, (*rootp)->key)) == 0)   /* T2: */
+            return (*rootp);            /* key found */
+        rootp = (r < 0) ?
+            &(*rootp)->llink :          /* T3: follow left branch */
+            &(*rootp)->rlink;           /* T4: follow right branch */
+    }
+    return (node *)0;
+}
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46d0bba10c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.\" $OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.19 2013/06/05 03:39:23 tedu Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
+.\"
+.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
+.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
+.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\"
+.Dd $Mdocdate: June 5 2013 $
+.Dt TSEARCH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tsearch ,
+.Nm tfind ,
+.Nm tdelete ,
+.Nm twalk
+.Nd manipulate binary search trees
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.In search.h
+.Ft void *
+.Fn tdelete "const void *key" "void **rootp" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn tfind "const void *key" "void * const *rootp" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn tsearch "const void *key" "void **rootp" "int (*compar)(const void *, const void *)"
+.Ft void
+.Fn twalk "const void *root" "void (*action)(const void *, VISIT, int)"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn tdelete ,
+.Fn tfind ,
+.Fn tsearch ,
+and
+.Fn twalk
+functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D
+from Knuth (6.2.2).
+The comparison function passed in by
+the user has the same style of return values as
+.Xr strcmp 3 .
+.Pp
+.Fn tfind
+searches for the datum matched by the argument
+.Fa key
+in the binary tree rooted at
+.Fa rootp ,
+returning a pointer to the datum if it is found and
+.Dv NULL
+if it is not.
+.Pp
+.Fn tsearch
+is identical to
+.Fn tfind
+except that if no match is found,
+.Fa key
+is inserted into the tree and a pointer to it is returned.
+If
+.Fa rootp
+points to a null value a new binary search tree is created.
+.Pp
+.Fn tdelete
+deletes a node from the specified binary search tree and returns
+a pointer to the parent of the node to be deleted.
+If the node to be deleted is the root of the binary search tree,
+.Fa rootp
+will be adjusted and an unspecified non-null pointer will be returned.
+It takes the same arguments as
+.Fn tfind
+and
+.Fn tsearch .
+.Pp
+.Fn twalk
+walks the binary search tree rooted in
+.Fa root
+and calls the function
+.Fa action
+on each node.
+.Fa action
+is called with three arguments: a pointer to the current node,
+a value from the enum
+.Sy "typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT;"
+specifying the traversal type, and a node level (where level
+zero is the root of the tree).
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn tsearch
+function returns
+.Dv NULL
+if allocation of a new node fails (usually
+due to a lack of free memory).
+.Pp
+.Fn tdelete
+returns a pointer to the parent of the deleted node or an unspecified
+non-null pointer if the root node is deleted.
+.Pp
+.Fn tfind ,
+.Fn tsearch ,
+and
+.Fn tdelete
+return
+.Dv NULL
+if
+.Fa rootp
+is
+.Dv NULL
+or the datum cannot be found.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn twalk
+function returns no value.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr bsearch 3 ,
+.Xr lsearch 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+These functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-2008 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+The value returned when deleting the root node was unspecified before
+the
+.St -p1003.1-2008
+standard, so users of the
+.Fn tdelete
+function should be wary of relying on a specific behaviour.
diff --git a/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.c b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a141085d2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*      $OpenBSD: tsearch.c,v 1.8 2014/03/16 18:38:30 guenther Exp $    */
+/*
+ * Tree search generalized from Knuth (6.2.2) Algorithm T just like
+ * the AT&T man page says.
+ *
+ * The node_t structure is for internal use only
+ *
+ * Written by reading the System V Interface Definition, not the code.
+ *
+ * Totally public domain.
+ */
+/*LINTLIBRARY*/
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+typedef struct node_t {
+    char          *key;
+    struct node_t *left, *right;
+} node;
+/* find or insert datum into search tree */
+void *
+tsearch(const void *vkey, void **vrootp,
+    int (*compar)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    node *q;
+    char *key = (char *)vkey;
+    node **rootp = (node **)vrootp;
+    if (rootp == (struct node_t **)0)
+        return ((void *)0);
+    while (*rootp != (struct node_t *)0) {      /* Knuth's T1: */
+        int r;
+        if ((r = (*compar)(key, (*rootp)->key)) == 0)   /* T2: */
+            return ((void *)*rootp);            /* we found it! */
+        rootp = (r < 0) ?
+            &(*rootp)->left :           /* T3: follow left branch */
+            &(*rootp)->right;           /* T4: follow right branch */
+    }
+    q = (node *) malloc(sizeof(node));  /* T5: key not found */
+    if (q != (struct node_t *)0) {      /* make new node */
+        *rootp = q;                     /* link new node to old */
+        q->key = key;                   /* initialize new node */
+        q->left = q->right = (struct node_t *)0;
+    }
+    return ((void *)q);
+}
+/* delete node with given key */
+void *
+tdelete(const void *vkey, void **vrootp,
+    int (*compar)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    node **rootp = (node **)vrootp;
+    char *key = (char *)vkey;
+    node *p = (node *)1;
+    node *q;
+    node *r;
+    int cmp;
+    if (rootp == (struct node_t **)0 || *rootp == (struct node_t *)0)
+        return ((struct node_t *)0);
+    while ((cmp = (*compar)(key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0) {
+        p = *rootp;
+        rootp = (cmp < 0) ?
+            &(*rootp)->left :           /* follow left branch */
+            &(*rootp)->right;           /* follow right branch */
+        if (*rootp == (struct node_t *)0)
+            return ((void *)0);         /* key not found */
+    }
+    r = (*rootp)->right;                        /* D1: */
+    if ((q = (*rootp)->left) == (struct node_t *)0)     /* Left (struct node_t *)0? */
+        q = r;
+    else if (r != (struct node_t *)0) {         /* Right link is null? */
+        if (r->left == (struct node_t *)0) {    /* D2: Find successor */
+            r->left = q;
+            q = r;
+        } else {                        /* D3: Find (struct node_t *)0 link */
+            for (q = r->left; q->left != (struct node_t *)0; q = r->left)
+                r = q;
+            r->left = q->right;
+            q->left = (*rootp)->left;
+            q->right = (*rootp)->right;
+        }
+    }
+    free((struct node_t *) *rootp);     /* D4: Free node */
+    *rootp = q;                         /* link parent to new node */
+    return(p);
+}
+/* Walk the nodes of a tree */
+static void
+trecurse(node *root, void (*action)(const void *, VISIT, int), int level)
+{
+    if (root->left == (struct node_t *)0 && root->right == (struct node_t *)0)
+        (*action)(root, leaf, level);
+    else {
+        (*action)(root, preorder, level);
+        if (root->left != (struct node_t *)0)
+            trecurse(root->left, action, level + 1);
+        (*action)(root, postorder, level);
+        if (root->right != (struct node_t *)0)
+            trecurse(root->right, action, level + 1);
+        (*action)(root, endorder, level);
+    }
+}
+/* Walk the nodes of a tree */
+void
+twalk(const void *vroot, void (*action)(const void *, VISIT, int))
+{
+    node *root = (node *)vroot;
+    if (root != (node *)0 && action != (void (*)(const void *, VISIT, int))0)
+        trecurse(root, action, 0);
+}